TWI599752B - Heat insulation box and refrigerator - Google Patents

Description

Insulation box and refrigerator

The present invention relates to a heat insulating box having a vacuum heat insulating material, a refrigerator having a vacuum heat insulating material, a display cabinet, a water storage device, and a machine having a vacuum heat insulating material.

In recent years, based on the viewpoint of global environmental protection and the safety of nuclear power plants, various methods of saving resources, saving energy, and especially saving electricity have been proposed.

Based on the viewpoint of energy saving and power saving, a heat-insulating box with an outer casing and an inner box has been proposed, and a vacuum absorbing material is arranged in addition to a rigid urethane foam. For example, a heat insulating box composed of a rigid polyurethane foam and a vacuum heat insulating material and defining the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the surface area of the outer casing has been proposed (refer to Patent Document 1). ).

Further, in a machine having a heat insulating box such as a refrigerator, in order to enlarge the internal volume, it is necessary to make the wall thickness of the case thin. Therefore, a vacuum heat insulating material provided between the outer case and the inner case has been proposed. In the case where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided, the vacuum heat insulating material is directly attached to the outer box and the inner box without passing through the polyurethane heat insulating material (see Patent Document 2).

Further, in the refrigerator, the rail member that supports the drawer type casing is fixed to the inner box by screws or the like (see Patent Document 3).

Further, in the refrigerator, the rail member is fixed to the drawer door of the drawer type storage compartment by screws or the like (refer to Patent Document 4).

[prior technical literature] [Patent Document]

Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3478810

Patent Document 2: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 07-120138

Patent Document 3: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-177654

Patent Document 4: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-228948

The vacuum heat insulating material has, for example, a heat insulating property of 6 times or more with respect to the heat insulating property of the conventional rigid polyurethane foam. Therefore, from the viewpoint of energy saving, in the space formed between the outer box and the inner box, in addition to the rigid polyurethane foam, a vacuum heat insulating material is disposed. Therefore, as the demand for energy saving has increased in recent years, for example, as in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, the amount of use of the vacuum heat insulating material disposed in the heat insulating box has been greatly increased.

On the other hand, in recent years, in the heat insulating box, it is required to reduce the space formed between the outer box and the inner box, that is, the heat insulating box, from the viewpoint of saving the volume or increasing the volume of the internal volume. Wall thickness of the body. However, in the past, the heat insulation box was based on the technical idea that the heat insulation function of the rigid polyurethane foam was mainly supported by the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vacuum insulation material assisted the rigid polyurethane foam. To make it. Therefore, in the past, the thermal insulation box filled the rigid polyurethane foam between the inner box and the outer box at a predetermined density. Space to obtain the strength of the box, in the case of reducing the thickness of the polyurethane while reducing the thickness of the wall, the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced and the density of the polyurethane is increased to lower the heat insulating performance, Therefore, it is difficult to satisfy the heat insulating performance and obtain the necessary box strength.

In other words, in a machine having a vacuum heat insulating material such as a heat insulating box or a refrigerator, the heat insulating property of the wall surface and the cabinet and the strength of the cabinet or the wall are ensured by a rigid polyurethane foam. If the wall thickness of the heat insulating box is to be reduced and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box is insufficient or the strength is insufficient, which makes it difficult to reduce the wall thickness.

Therefore, in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, the amount of use of the vacuum heat insulating material (coverage ratio) is increased, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased (hard polyurethane) The rigidity of the ester foam is such that, in view of the strength of the heat insulating box, the wall thickness can be reduced to some extent. However, the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1 is based on the heat insulating function mainly composed of a rigid polyurethane foam, and the heat insulating function of the rigid polyurethane foam is assisted by the vacuum heat insulating material. The technical idea is to manufacture a device that mainly relies on a rigid polyurethane foam to insulate the heat insulation function, and then a vacuum insulation material to assist the heat insulation function of the rigid polyurethane foam. The rigid polyurethane foam ensures the thermal insulation of the insulation and the strength of the wall. However, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced, the density and the bending elastic modulus become large, and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated. Therefore, in order to suppress the low heat insulation performance of the rigid polyurethane foam, the bending elastic modulus and density of the rigid polyurethane foam are set to be less than or equal to a predetermined value (the bending elastic modulus is 10 MPa or less, and the density is 60 kg). /m ³ or less). If the flexural modulus or density exceeds a predetermined value, although the strength of the case can be satisfied, the heat insulating performance is deteriorated and it is difficult to use. Therefore, in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, in order to ensure the strength and heat insulating performance of the case or the wall surface, it is necessary to ensure that the thickness of the polyurethane is more than a certain degree, and therefore it is necessary to adjust so as to be filled. The thickness of the polyurethane channel of the polyurethane portion is not less than a predetermined thickness, so that the density after foaming of the polyurethane is less than or equal to a predetermined value (density is 60 kg/m ³ or less). This causes a problem that it is difficult to reduce the wall thickness.

In addition, the strength of the heat insulating box having the vacuum heat insulating material of the patent document 2 is a shape in which the plastic material or the like is molded into the outer shape of the vacuum heat insulating material by vacuum forming or pressure forming. The granular core material is filled, thereby forming a vacuum heat insulating material, an inner box, and an outer box which are formed into a concave-convex shape of strength. However, the inner box and the outer box are formed in a convex and concave shape which is slightly the same as the uneven shape of the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material, so that the inner box and the outer box have strength, and the shapes of the outer material, the inner box, and the outer box become complicated. The problem is that the cost rises and the assembly property deteriorates. In addition, it is necessary to form the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer covering material into a concavo-convex shape based on the strength securing, and the core material enclosed in the outer covering material must also follow the shape of the uneven shape of the outer covering material. Therefore, it is necessary to use the fluidity-containing pellet. The shape is a core material, and the cost is higher than that of the fiber core material such as glass fiber, and the heat insulating performance may be inferior. In addition, the back surface of the room (the storage space such as the storage case in the heat insulating box) has a concavo-convex shape and a complicated shape, which makes the design inferior.

Therefore, in the past insulation box or machine (especially the refrigerator) In this case, it is difficult to secure a predetermined heat insulating performance and a predetermined box strength, and at the same time, the thickness of the heat insulating wall or the heat insulating material including the vacuum heat insulating material is reduced. Therefore, it is difficult to achieve the inside of the heat insulating box, the refrigerator, the machine, or the like. The volume is further expanded or the outer dimensions are miniaturized. Further, in Patent Document 2, a vacuum heat insulating material is provided on the back wall of the heat insulating box (refrigerator), but the width of the vacuum heat insulating material is smaller than the width of the heat insulating box (refrigerator), so Poor thermal performance. Therefore, in order to increase the heat insulating performance and increase the width of the vacuum heat insulating material, the polyurethane in the wide end portion (or the end portion in the vertical direction) provided on the back surface of the heat insulating box body is provided. The injection port interferes with the vacuum heat insulating material, so the vacuum heat insulating material cannot be enlarged in the wide direction (or the up and down direction), and it is difficult to improve the heat insulating performance.

Further, in the refrigerators described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4, the rail member or the door frame of the casing supporting the drawer type storage compartment is fixed to the heat insulating wall (inner box, or inner box and outer box) by screws. A polyurethane insulation material or a reinforcing member disposed between the inner box and the outer box). However, when the vacuum heat insulating material is provided between the inner box and the outer box, when the thickness of the heat insulating material between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box is thin, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is not uniform. The fixing screws of the rail member or the door frame may damage the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material, and the low heat insulation performance and reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material may be caused.

Further, in order not to damage the vacuum heat insulating material, it is conceivable to shorten the length of the screw portion of the screw, but the strength (for example, density) of the polyurethane heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box When the bending elastic modulus or the like is low, the holding strength of the screw is also low, and the strength of the heat insulating wall formed integrally with the polyurethane is also weak, so that the heat insulating wall or the case may be deformed, or the screw may be caused. The looseness reduces the reliability, so the length of the threaded portion cannot be made shorter than the predetermined length. Therefore, other members that are held by screws or a fitting structure are attached to the heat insulating wall having the vacuum heat insulating material (for example, a rail member or a door frame such as a support box body generally supports the weight of the weight support). In the case of a member, or a cooling device that generates cold air for cooling the storage chamber or a fan that blows cold air to the storage chamber, which is affected by vibration during operation, etc., the mounting portion must have energy. The wall thickness of the mounting strength is obtained, and the length of the screw portion of the fixing member such as a screw is hardly equal to or less than a predetermined length (for example, 15 mm) depending on the mounting strength of the screw. Therefore, it is difficult to make the wall thickness small and difficult. Increase the content.

The present invention is to solve the above problems, and its main purpose is to ensure the heat insulating performance and strength of the heat insulating box. Further, the object of the invention is to obtain a heat insulating box that can achieve a reduction in thickness of a heat insulating wall or a heat insulating material, a refrigerator, a water storage device, and a device having a high temperature portion or a low temperature portion.

In addition, it is an object of the present invention that the internal volume of the heat insulating box, the refrigerator, the machine, and the like is larger than in the past (the volume of the chamber is enlarged), or the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box, the refrigerator, the machine, and the like are reduced (the outer dimensions) A small-sized heat insulation box, a refrigerator, a water storage device, a machine, and the like.

Further, the object of the invention is to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a water storage device, a machine, and the like, and to mount another member that is held or fixed by a screw or a fitting structure even on a heat insulating wall having a vacuum heat insulating material ( For example, in the case where the weight support member or the vibration affects the member, the thickness of the heat insulating wall or the heat insulating material can be reduced. Further, the object of the invention is to obtain a heat insulating box having a high reliability and a large internal volume, a refrigerator, a water storage device, a machine, and the like.

Further, it is an object of the invention to improve the designability of a room (for example, a storage room in which a storage is stored) while reducing the thickness of the wall.

In addition, the purpose is to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, a water storage device, a machine, and the like, which are thinned, and when the heat source such as a hot water tank is insulated, the thickness of the heat insulating wall is made thin. The size (for example, outer diameter, width, depth, height, and the like) of the heat insulating box such as a square or a rectangular tube or a box having a front opening is small.

A refrigerator according to the present invention includes: a casing formed of an inner box and an outer box and having a rear wall and a side wall; the box body is partitioned by a partition wall to form a storage compartment having an opening on the front side; and is housed in the storage compartment, and a drawer type casing which is pulled out by a rail member provided on a side wall of the storage compartment; a vacuum heat insulating material which is a core material made of a fiber-based material composed of organic fibers or inorganic fibers, and is disposed in the forming device Between the inner box and the outer box having the side wall of the rail member; a heat insulating material filled between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail member; wherein The thickness of the heat insulating material at a position relative to the rail member is less than 10 mm, and the density of the heat insulating material filled between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material of the rail portion is greater than 60 kg/m ³ .

Furthermore, the refrigerator of the present invention includes: a case formed of an inner box and an outer box and having an upper wall, a rear wall, a side wall, and a bottom wall; the case is divided by the partition wall to form a storage having an opening on the front side. a drawer-type case housed in the storage compartment and pulled out by a rail member disposed on a bottom surface or a bottom surface of the storage compartment; a vacuum insulation material, which is made of organic fibers or a fiber-based material composed of inorganic fibers is formed into a core material and disposed in the partition wall provided with the rail member; and the heat insulating material is filled or coated or disposed in the partition wall at a position opposite to the rail member. Forming between the outer contour member of the partition wall and the vacuum heat insulating material; wherein the thickness of the heat insulating material opposite to the rail member is less than 10 mm, and the density of the heat insulating material is greater than 60 kg/m ³ .

Further, the heat insulating box of the present invention is a box formed of an inner box and an outer box and having a rear wall and a side wall, and includes: a storage chamber provided in the box and having an opening at the front; a vacuum heat insulating material on the outer tank side in the back wall; a wide end portion or an upper end portion of the back wall; and a raw liquid of the foamed heat insulating material is injected into the injection port in the back wall; The heat insulating material is provided with a notch portion such as a notch or an opening so as not to interfere with the injection port at a portion facing the injection port; and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material after the injection is less than 10 mm.

According to the above configuration, the strength of the wall surface of the refrigerator or the heat insulating box can be ensured, and the wall thickness of the refrigerator or the heat insulating box can be made thin. Further, when the heat insulating box is applied to a device such as a refrigerator, since the wall thickness of the casing can be made thin, the volume of the storage space or the storage compartment can be increased without increasing the outer shape of the casing.

1‧‧‧ refrigerator

1A‧‧‧ machine room

2‧‧‧Refrigerator

2A‧‧‧Freezer

2P‧‧‧ inner side wall

2X‧‧‧Slightly closed container

2Y‧‧‧Slightly closed container

3‧‧‧ ice making room

4‧‧‧Switching room

5‧‧‧ vegetable room

6‧‧‧Freezer

7‧‧‧Refrigerator door

7A‧‧‧Refrigerator door left

7B‧‧‧ refrigerator door right

8‧‧‧Ice chamber door

9‧‧‧Switching the door panel

10‧‧‧ Vegetable room door

11‧‧‧Freezer door

12‧‧‧Compressor

13‧‧‧cooler

14‧‧‧Air-cooling fan

15‧‧‧Switching room damper

16‧‧‧Switching room air-conditioning

17‧‧‧ Cold air ducts for switching rooms

18‧‧‧ Cold air ducts for freezer rooms

19‧‧‧Switching room temperature measuring resistor

21‧‧‧ Storage storage space

22‧‧‧ Thermopile

24‧‧‧ partition wall

30‧‧‧Control device

30a‧‧‧Microcomputer

31‧‧‧Control substrate room

33‧‧‧Gap section

34‧‧‧ Sheet Metal Coverage

50‧‧‧Cold air duct

51‧‧‧ partition wall

53‧‧‧Cold air duct

55‧‧‧Refrigerator damper

60‧‧‧Operator panel

60a‧‧‧ Compartment selection switch

60b‧‧‧Temperature band switch

60c‧‧‧instantaneous freezing switch

60d‧‧‧Ice switch

60e‧‧‧Water spray switch

80‧‧‧ shelves

131‧‧‧cooler room

150‧‧‧Defrost heater

151‧‧‧heater top plate

152‧‧‧Water receiving container

154‧‧‧Defrost Water Receiving Department

155‧‧‧Defrost water discharge

200‧‧‧Water mist device

250‧‧‧ Storage storage space

315‧‧‧ Space (inside wall)

400‧‧‧vacuum insulation

410‧‧‧Refrigerated room returned to the wind

420‧‧‧Freezer return to the wind

430‧‧ ‧ vegetable room returned to the wind

440‧‧‧ recess

441‧‧‧2nd recess

450‧‧‧ convex

451‧‧‧ front side face of the convex part

456‧‧‧Bevel

520‧‧‧Box

525‧‧‧Box step

700‧‧‧Insulation box

701‧‧‧Insulation

703, 704‧‧‧ filling port (injection port)

710‧‧‧Outer box

717‧‧‧ inner box recess

718‧‧‧ on the concave section

719‧‧‧Under the concave section (track material placement section)

720‧‧‧ tube

725‧‧‧Refrigerant piping

727‧‧‧ inner box convex

728‧‧‧ on the convex section

729‧‧‧Under the convex section

730‧‧‧ Back wall

731‧‧‧Reinforced members

732‧‧‧Reinforced members on the extension

733‧‧‧Reinforced members are extended under the Ministry

734‧‧‧Reinforced material body

735‧‧‧Fixed members

740‧‧‧Top wall

750‧‧‧ inner box

755‧‧‧Track Department (Track Installation Department)

757‧‧‧End of rail section (track material placement section)

760‧‧‧Cold air duct

761‧‧‧ front part

762‧‧‧1st air path component

763‧‧‧Prominent Department (Extension Department)

764‧‧‧2nd Wind Road Assembly

765‧‧‧ Wind Road Rear Components

766‧‧‧1st airway component air duct side component

767‧‧‧ side section

768‧‧‧Air supply port (air-cooling outlet)

769‧‧‧ front side face

770‧‧‧ Space (storage space)

775‧‧ ‧ step department

776‧‧‧Steps Department

780‧‧‧Bottom wall

790‧‧‧ side wall

791, 792‧‧ ‧ storage indoor wall

Side wall side end of 797‧‧‧ (protruding part)

798‧‧‧ (the convex part) the back side end

810‧‧‧ Track members (moving orbit)

811‧‧‧Upper track (fixed track)

812‧‧‧Lower orbit

813‧‧‧Intermediate orbit

815‧‧‧ bearing

820‧‧‧Track support

830‧‧‧Box support

835‧‧‧Box body fixing material

836‧‧‧ Track support fixed components

900‧‧‧Storage indoor lighting

910‧‧‧Fixed protrusions

Fig. 1 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 2 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing a control device for a refrigerator in accordance with a first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 9 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator when the front door panel of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention is removed.

Fig. 10 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 11 is a front sectional view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 12 is a rear elevational view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 14 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 15 is a view showing the relationship between the density and the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 16 is a graph showing the density and flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam of the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 17 is a view showing the relationship between the thickness of the channel of the polyurethane foam and the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane foam in the case of filling the rigid polyurethane foam according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 18 is a view showing the relationship between the thickness of the channel of the polyurethane foam and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam in the case of filling the rigid polyurethane foam according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 19 is a view showing the relationship between the ratio of the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam of the heat insulating box of the first embodiment of the present invention to the wall thickness and the composite thermal conductivity.

Figure 20 is a view showing the inner wall of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention. A graph showing the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box.

Fig. 21 is a view showing the relationship between the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box in the surface areas of the side surface portion and the back surface portion of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 22 is a rear elevational view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 23A is a schematic view showing the cross-sectional shape of the side wall of the heat insulating box after foaming of the rigid polyurethane foam.

Fig. 23B is a schematic view showing another sectional shape of the side wall of the heat insulating box after foaming of the rigid polyurethane foam.

Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 25 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 26 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention.

Embodiment 1

(refrigerator)

Fig. 1 is a front elevational view showing a refrigerator according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 2 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator in accordance with a first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in these figures, the refrigerator 1 has a refrigerating compartment as a left-right split type (or open-close type) storage compartment in the uppermost stage. 2. An ice making chamber 3 and a switching chamber 4 as storage chambers are arranged side by side in the lower left and right sides of the refrigerator compartment 2. The lowermost stage of the refrigerator 1 is provided with a freezing compartment 6 as a storage compartment, and a vegetable compartment 5 as a storage compartment is provided on the upper surface of the freezing compartment 6. The vegetable compartment 5 is disposed below the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side and above the freezing compartment 6.

In the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment, there is a storage storage space for storing a storage (food, drink, etc.), and a plurality of resin or glass layers on which the storage is placed are provided in the storage storage space. Frame 80. Below the storage storage space (below the shelf inside the storage), containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly sealed structure are used, which are used as cooling chambers controlled by a cooling temperature zone of about +3 ° C to -3 ° C. 2X, or the vegetable room 2Y controlled by the vegetable room temperature zone maintained at +3°C to +5°C. The container 2X, 2Y of the slightly sealed structure can also be used as an egg chamber for storing eggs. Further, the containers 2X and 2Y of the slightly sealed structure have, for example, a drawer structure, and the container can be pulled out to take out and put the storage.

When a detachable lid is provided on the upper opening of the container having the upper opening of the upper surface, a container having a slightly closed structure can be constructed as a structure of the containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly closed structure. The lid may be provided on the side of the container, or may be provided on the shelf 80 or the partition wall provided on the upper portion of the container, or the shelf or the partition wall on the upper portion of the container may also serve as a cover.

Needless to say, the arrangement of the respective chambers is not limited to the present embodiment, and the ice making chamber 3 and the switching chamber 4 are arranged side by side in the lower surface of the refrigerating chamber 2 provided in the upper stage, and the ice making chamber 3 and the switching chamber 4 which are arranged side by side in the left and right are arranged. In the lower part, the freezer compartment 6 is disposed in the upper part of the vegetable compartment 5 provided in the lower stage, that is, the freezer compartment 6 is disposed in the vegetable compartment 5 and is intermediately frozen between the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side. In the case of the low-temperature greenhouse (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, and the freezing compartment 6), the heat insulating material between the low greenhouses is not required, and the heat leakage is small, so that energy saving and low cost can be provided. Refrigerator.

The front side opening of the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment is provided with a left and right split type refrigerating compartment door piece 7 which can be opened and closed freely, and the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 is composed of two refrigerating compartment door pieces left 7A and a refrigerating compartment door piece. The right 7B constitutes a left and right split door. Of course, it is not a left-right split door, but a one-piece rotary door. The ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6 of the other storage compartments are respectively provided with a drawer type ice making compartment door piece 8 capable of opening and closing the opening of the ice making compartment 3, respectively. The drawer type switching chamber door piece 9 that opens and closes the opening of the switching chamber 4, the drawer type vegetable compartment door piece 10 that can open and close the opening of the vegetable compartment 5, and the opening portion of the freezing compartment 6 can be opened A drawer type freezer compartment door 11 that is freely opened and closed. Here, on the drawer type storage compartment door piece (for example, the ice making compartment door piece 8, the switching chamber door piece 9, the vegetable compartment door piece 10, the freezing compartment door piece 11), the rail member is fixed by a screw or the like. The material 735 or the fitting structure is fixed or maintained on the inner box 750 forming the storage compartment, and the door frame fixed or maintained on the inner panel of the door slides directly on the rail member by a roller or the like, thereby causing the load. The box placed on the door panel and the door frame can be pulled out.

In addition, as shown in the third figure to be described later, an operation switch for setting the temperature of the storage compartment or the like is provided in any of the left side 7A of the refrigerating compartment door piece and the right side 7B of the refrigerating compartment door piece of the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment. (a compartment selection switch 60a, a temperature zone switching switch 60b, an instant freezing switch 60c, an ice making switch 60d, a water mist spray switch 60e) or an operation panel 60 that displays temperature information such as a temperature in a library or a set temperature, and an operation switch Operation information or display information of the liquid crystal display unit or The temperature information and the like in the storage compartment are controlled by a control device 30 including a control board provided with a microcomputer or the like provided on the upper portion of the back surface of the refrigerator (the rear surface of the refrigerator compartment).

The compressor 12 is disposed in the machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion of the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is disposed in the machine room 1A, and functions as a refrigerant constituting the refrigeration cycle to compress the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is decompressed in a capillary (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown) as a decompression device. The cooler 13 is disposed in the cooler chamber 131 and is one component constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic action at the time of evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 is disposed beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and passes the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cold air passage (for example, the switching chamber cold air passage 16 or the refrigerating chamber cold air passage 50, etc. It is blown to each of the chambers (the refrigerator compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6) which are the storage compartments of the refrigerator 1.

A defrosting heater 150 (a glass tube heater for defrosting, such as a carbon heater, for defrosting means for performing defrosting of the cooler 13 is provided below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131, It uses a carbon fiber having a wavelength of 0.2 μm to 4 μm transmitted through a quartz glass tube in a quartz glass tube. A heater top plate 151 is provided between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 on the upper portion of the defrosting heater 150 so that the defrosted water dropped by the cooler 13 does not directly drop to the defrosting heater 150. When a heater of a black medium such as a carbon heater is used in the defrosting heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the surface temperature can be made low ( About 70 ° C ~ 80 °C) When a flammable refrigerant (for example, a hydrocarbon refrigerant such as isobutane) is used for the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of ignition can be reduced even if the refrigerant leaks. In addition, compared with the nichrome wire heater, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the frost attached to the cooler 13 is slowly melted, and the frost is not easily formed into a block. Since the whole piece is dropped, it is possible to reduce the falling sound when it falls to the heater top plate 151, and it is possible to provide a refrigerator which is low in noise and excellent in defrosting efficiency.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be a combined heater integrated with the cooler 13 . Alternatively, a glass tube type heater and a combination type heater may be used in combination. The defrosted water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrosted water falling on the heater top plate 151 is dropped in the cooler chamber and discharged to the outside of the refrigerator through a defrosting water discharge port provided below the cooler chamber 131 (for example, The evaporation tray of the machine room 1A, etc.).

The switching chamber damper 15 as the air volume adjusting means adjusts the amount of cold air blown by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to the switching chamber 4 serving as the storage compartment, and controls the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature. Or means for switching the set temperature of the switching chamber 4. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the switching chamber cold air passage 16 as a cold air passage, and is blown into the switching chamber 4. Further, the switching chamber cold air passage 16 is disposed downstream of the switching chamber damper 15.

In addition, the refrigerating compartment damper 55, which is the air volume adjusting means, adjusts the amount of cold air that is blown by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment, and controls the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature. A device for changing the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment 2. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the refrigerating compartment cold air passage 50 as a cold air passage, and is blown into the refrigerating compartment 2 .

For example, the switching chamber 4 as a storage compartment is a compartment (storage room) for selecting a temperature in a storage compartment from a plurality of stages between a freezing temperature zone (-17 ° C or less) and a vegetable compartment temperature zone (3 to 10 ° C). By operating the operation panel 60 provided in any of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B provided in the refrigerator 1, it is possible to select or switch the storage compartment temperature.

In the inner wall surface of the switching chamber 4, for example, a switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 (see FIG. 3) as a first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature of the switching chamber 4 is provided, and switching is performed. For example, the top surface (the center portion, the front portion, or the rear portion) of the chamber 4 is provided as a second temperature detecting means for directly detecting the surface temperature of the storage object placed in the switching chamber 4 as the storage chamber. Thermopile 22 (see Figure 3, or an infrared sensor). In the air passage for sending the cold air from the cooler chamber 131 to the switching chamber 4, a switching chamber damper 15 as an air volume adjusting device capable of controlling the air volume or shielding the air passage to prevent the cold air from entering is provided, and is used as the first temperature detecting means. The detection temperature of the room temperature measuring resistor 19 (or the detected temperature of the thermopile 22) is switched to turn the switching chamber damper 15 on/off, whereby the control device 30 controls the adjustment so that the temperature of the switching chamber 4 becomes The selected temperature band, or enter the set temperature range. Further, the temperature of the food as the storage of the switching chamber 4 is directly detected by the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detecting means. Here, although the machine room 1A is shown in the lowermost part of the back surface of the refrigerator 1, it may be provided in the upper part of the back surface (for example, the uppermost part of the back surface).

(water mist supply device)

In the storage wall, for example, the partition wall 51 (rear wall, heat insulating wall) on the back side (back side) of the refrigerating compartment 2, the storage chamber is provided as a supply for sterilization in the storage compartment. Or an electrostatic water mist device 200 of a humidifying water mist device. The electrostatic water mist device 200 is provided such that a cooling member (for example, a cooling plate) for collecting moisture in the air in the storage chamber by condensing water contacts or penetrates from the refrigerating chamber 2 as a storage chamber to form the refrigerating chamber 2 The partition wall 51 on the back side of the heat insulation on the back side or the cooler chamber wall of the front wall of the cooler chamber 131 such as the cooler 13 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is disposed. The partition wall 51 may be a back wall 730, a side wall 790, a top wall 740, a bottom wall 780, and a partition wall 24 between the storage compartments. The cooling member (for example, a cooling plate) is provided to be able to use cold air which is provided in the cold air passages 50 and 760 of the refrigerating compartment which are provided on the back side or the side surface side of the partition wall 51 or the upper and lower cold air passages, or is different from the setting. Other low temperature storage compartments of the storage compartment on the opposite side of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment or vegetable compartment) of the partition wall 51 (for example, a freezing compartment or an ice making compartment or a switching compartment which is also lower than the storage compartment) Cool air for cooling. Here, the electrostatic water mist device 200 will be described. However, other sterilization devices, sterilization devices, humidification devices, and the like may be used as long as sterilization, sterilization, or humidification in the storage compartment can be performed.

(display)

Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing a control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The control device 30 is equipped with a microcomputer 30a for controlling the temperature of each storage compartment of the refrigerator 1, controlling the number of revolutions of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14, switching the chamber damper 15, and the refrigerating compartment according to a program stored in advance. The switch control of the damper 55, the voltage application control to the water mist device (the electrostatic water mist device 200), and the like. The operation panel 60 is provided with, for example, a switch to be described later.

(1) selecting a compartment selection switch 60a of a storage compartment such as a refrigerating compartment, a freezing compartment, a switching compartment, or the like; (2) switching the temperature zone (refrigeration, freezing, cooling, soft freezing, etc.) of the storage compartment such as the switching room, or switching the temperature zone switch 60b such as quenching or strong/medium/weak; (3) passing through the storage compartment An instant freezing switch 60c that is cryopreserved in a supercooled state (also referred to as supercooling and freezing); (4) an ice making switch 60d for selecting ice, selecting transparent ice, general, rapid, stopping, etc.; (5) The electrostatic water mist device 200 is energized, and a mist spray switch 60e (electrostatic spray selection) for supplying water mist (electrostatic spray) into the storage chamber is performed; (6) a network connection switch that is connected to the network by wire or wirelessly ( (7) Viewing the information of the server connected to the refrigerator or the mobile terminal, such as a cloud server or a mobile terminal, or the server or the mobile terminal or the mobile terminal or the mobile terminal or the mobile terminal A viewing switch for the delivery information of the mobile terminal (not shown); (8) a charging switch for charging the mobile phone or the mobile terminal or the personal computer (not shown).

Here, a temperature detecting sensor that detects the temperature in the storage chamber (for example, the switching chamber 4) will be described. In the present embodiment, a switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 as a first temperature detecting means and a thermopile 22 as a second temperature detecting means are provided as a detection storage chamber (for example, switching) A temperature detection sensor for the temperature within chamber 4). The detection temperature of the switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19, which is the first temperature detecting means for detecting the temperature in the storage chamber (for example, the switching chamber 4), is input to the microcomputer 30a constituting the control device 30, and is micro-powered. The brain 30a (for example, the temperature determining means in the microcomputer 30a) performs temperature determination in comparison with a predetermined value, and performs control so as to enter a predetermined temperature range. In addition, a detection signal of the thermopile 22 as a second temperature detecting means for directly detecting the surface temperature of the food or the like in the storage chamber (for example, the switching chamber 4) is input to the microcomputer 30a, and is in the microcomputer 30a (for example, the microcomputer 30a). In the calculation means, the calculation is performed to convert the surface temperature to a food or the like, and then a predetermined temperature control such as rapid freezing control or supercooling freezing control is performed. Further, the control device 30 performs various controls such as temperature control in each storage room (refrigeration chamber 2, ice making chamber 3, switching chamber 4, vegetable compartment 5, and freezing compartment 6) or energization control of the electrostatic water mist device 200, and the like. The operation panel 60 (display panel) or the server or the mobile terminal provided in any of the left side 7A of the refrigerating compartment door and the right side 7B of the refrigerating compartment door displays the set temperature or the food (surface) temperature of each storage compartment or is set to The operating state of the electrostatic water mist device 200 in each storage room.

(box structure of the refrigerator)

Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention. The drawing is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the fourth embodiment, the same portions as those in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 4, the heat insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 is composed of an outer box 710 and an inner box 750. A vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1, and is directly attached to the outer casing 710 through a second adhesive which is a second intermediate member such as hot melt or double-sided tape. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to a part of the inner box 750 by an adhesive (for example, a portion in the left-right direction of the wall surface forming the back surface of the inner box 750), and a slightly central portion of the back side of the inner box 750. Left outside the side wall 790 The right end portion (corner portion) forms a convex portion 450 that protrudes toward the front side from the rear surface wall 730, and is configured such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlap only a predetermined length, but at the convex portion 450 There may also be portions where the vacuum insulation 400 is not filled with polyurethane. In addition, an adhesive agent as a first intermediate member is filled between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (for example, a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesive properties such as hard polyurethane can be used), and the vacuum is partitioned. The hot material 400 is provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 through an adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane or the like) as the first intermediate member. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is fixedly adhered or fixed to the inner case 750 or the outer case 710 by the first intermediate member and the second intermediate member.

Here, when the back surface shape of the inner box 750 is viewed from the front side (storage chamber side) of the refrigerator 1, a concave groove-like recess 440 (also referred to as a first recess) is formed in a substantially central portion penetrating the upper and lower sides. In the recess 440 formed at a substantially central portion thereof, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 via an adhesive. In addition, when viewed from the front side (storage chamber side) of the refrigerator 1, the back surface of the inner box 750 has a shape in which the end portion side in the width direction (left-right direction) is formed to be slightly open to the front side than the width direction (left-right direction). A convex shape protruding from the side (storage side). In other words, the shape of the back surface of the inner box 750 is such that a slightly central portion in the left-right direction has a groove-like recess 440 that is recessed toward the outer box side (the rear side of the refrigerator) on the left and right end sides, and the recess 440 is provided in the storage compartment. The up and down direction of the refrigerator in the side (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2).

That is, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, and the inner tank 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 forming the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 are provided with a plate shape. Vacuum insulation material 400. Here, though Although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 or by a screw The fixing members are such that the mounting portions are engaged with each other to mount the covering member 760 on the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

In the convex portion 450 formed on the right and left end sides of the back surface of the storage chamber, the center side in the width direction (the range of the overlapping length X) is such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. An adhesive (a foaming heat insulating material 701 having self-adhesiveness, for example, a rigid polyurethane) as a first intermediate member is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and in the outer case 710 and the vacuum. The heat insulating material 400 is adhered to the second adhesive as the second intermediate member. On the end side in the width direction of the convex portion 450, a heat insulating material 701 (for example, a rigid polyurethane) is filled between the outer casing 710 and the inner box 750, and a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided is provided. Of course, in the convex portion 450, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased in the width direction and the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction is increased, the heat insulating performance and the strength of the casing are improved, but the cost is changed. In the high relationship, as long as the heat insulating performance and strength are equal to or higher than a predetermined value, a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided can be set.

Here, in the recessed portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is transmitted as the second middle portion. The second adhesive of the dielectric member is directly adhered to the outer case 710, and is adhered to the inner case 750 through an adhesive having self-adhesiveness and foaming properties such as polyurethane as the first intermediate member. (Between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, for example, a rigid polyurethane as an adhesive is filled.)

Therefore, in the heat insulating box or the refrigerator provided with the vacuum heat insulating material, in the width direction of the back surface of the storage compartment as in the past (for example, Patent Document 2), no polyamino group is provided in the arrangement portion of the vacuum heat insulating material. In the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in the inner case 750, the heat insulating material 701 which is the main purpose of heat-insulation, and the like, in the present embodiment, in the left-right end side (the end part in the width direction) Since the convex portion 450 composed of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is formed in the vertical direction, the torsional strength and bending strength of the casing are improved by forming the convex portion 450. In the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 2, since there is no portion in which the convex portion 450 and the arrangement portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap each other in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber, the convex portion 450 and the case where the case is twisted The vacuum insulation material 400 is separated to cause a decrease in strength and damage to the casing. Here, the ear portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (only the portion of the outer covering material) does not have a heat insulating function because it has no core material, and its strength is also weak. Therefore, regarding the ear portion of the vacuum heat insulating material, It is included in the components of the vacuum insulation material.

Here, as shown in the present embodiment, when the convex portion 450 is provided in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber, at least a part of the overlapping portion of the vacuum heat insulating material is overlapped (if only the overlapping length X is overlapped) The hard polyurethane filled in the inside of the convex portion 450 is also filled in a portion between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 on the end side in the width direction (left-right direction) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the vacuum insulation material 400 that is filled in the position opposite to the convex portion 450 is The thickness of the rigid polyurethane between the inner casings 750 is greater than the thickness of the rigid polyurethane between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner casing 750 at a position opposite to the concave portion 440, thus making the rigid polyurethane The adhesion area of the acid ester to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 portion can be increased, thereby increasing the hardness of the polyurethane in the convex portion 450. The bonding strength with the vacuum heat insulating material 400.

Therefore, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the concave portion 440 and the inner box 750 is thinned, the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the convex portion 450 and the side wall can be greatly enlarged. The joint strength of 790 (or the surrounding wall provided with the convex portion 450) greatly improves the strength of the casing. Further, since the thickness of the rigid polyurethane can be increased in the convex portion 450, the heat insulating performance can be improved even in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided.

Further, in the present embodiment, it is not necessary to form the vacuum heat insulating material, the inner box, and the outer box into a complicated shape in order to secure the strength of the case as in the case of the prior patent document 2, and it is possible to use inexpensive and heat insulating properties. A core material of a good organic fiber or inorganic fiber (a cotton core material or a non-woven core material) is used as a core material of a vacuum heat insulating material, so that a heat insulating box and a refrigerator which are low in cost, simple in structure, and high in heat insulating performance can be obtained. , display cabinets, water storage devices, and machines with vacuum insulation.

Therefore, since the unevenness of the back surface of the casing does not occur, for example, irregularities are formed in the storage compartment, or, for example, the casing is deformed, the storage compartment door piece (for example, the refrigerating compartment door piece 7) provided in front of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) is skewed. Or, for example, in the case where the left and right side panels (7A, 7B) are skewed to cause a positional shift, the position of the storage compartment door can be smoothly opened. In addition, since the positional displacement of the left and right storage compartment door pieces does not occur, the appearance (designability) is good. In addition, the opening/closing door or the drawer type case provided in the inner wall or the left and right side walls of the storage compartment (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, the freezing compartment 6, etc.) does not occur due to the deformation of the casing. The mounting height of the rail members is different or inclined, so that the box can be smoothly accessed, and a refrigerator and a machine that are highly reliable and easy to use can be obtained.

In addition, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is in the form of a flat plate, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is mounted on the back surface of the refrigerator 1, it is easy to bend in the left-right direction (width direction) or the front-rear direction, and it is easy to twist. In the state of being mounted on a device such as a refrigerator, a convex portion 450 in which a heat insulating material such as polyurethane is placed in the vertical direction is formed on the right and left end sides of the back surface, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are When the polyurethane filled in the convex portion 450 is integrally formed, the inner case 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the outer case 710 are integrally bonded by the convex portion 450, so that the bending strength of the case 700 can be improved. (especially the bending strength in the forward and backward directions) or the torsional strength. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the leakage of cold air due to the bending deformation of the opening of the storage chamber opened in the front opening, the positional displacement of the sealing member of the opening, and the like, thereby achieving a highly reliable, high-performance and energy-saving heat insulating box. , refrigerators, and machines with vacuum insulation.

In addition, between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a portion (protrusion portion 450) of a foam heat insulating material such as polyurethane which is mainly used for heat insulation is provided, and the space is not separated. The heat-based adhesive (for example, the main purpose of adhesion is not used for the purpose of heat-insulating, so that it may be a polyurethane, etc.) (the recess 440) There is a part of the adhesive for the purpose of adhesion (recess 440), which is mainly based on heat insulation. The portion of the heat insulating material such as the polyurethane does not need to have a predetermined thickness as a heat insulating material for obtaining heat insulating properties, and may be used for the purpose of adhesion as long as it has a predetermined adhesive strength. The portion (for example, the concave portion 440) may have a relatively small thickness of the adhesive. Therefore, when a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the portion to be used for the purpose of heat insulation is used. It can greatly reduce the thickness of its polyurethane. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the wall thickness by the difference in the thickness of the adhesive. Therefore, it is possible to make the internal volume of the storage room large, and to obtain a refrigerator or a machine which is convenient to use.

Here, the tube 720 which is a wire storage member for accommodating a guide wire such as a control power line or a driving power line such as a compressor or a fan is provided in a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane which is formed in the convex portion 450. Up and down direction inside. In the tube 720, control wiring for performing various types of damper opening and closing control, operation control of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 or the like, or electric power for supplying the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 or the like is housed. Wires such as power lines. A wire for controlling a wiring or a power line or the like is connected to a compressor 12 disposed in a machine room 1A provided at a lower portion (or an upper portion) of the refrigerator 1 or a control device provided on a back surface or a bottom surface or a top surface of the refrigerator 1 through a pipe 720 (control board or the like) 30, or a cooling air circulation fan 14 provided in the cooler chamber 131 or the like, a switching chamber damper 15 provided in the cold air passage, the refrigerating chamber damper 55, or provided to cover the storage compartment (for example, refrigerating) An operation panel 60 or the like on the front opening and closing door piece (for example, the refrigerating compartment door piece 7) of the front portion of the chamber 2).

The width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 in the left-right direction is smaller than the width between the storage chamber walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, so that it does not block the left-right direction of the back surface of the refrigerator 1. End setting plural The filling ports (injections) 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane, and the filling flow of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled by the filling ports 703 and 704 are not blocked. road.

Here, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 in the left-right direction is equal to or smaller than the space between the storage chamber walls of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1 (the storage chamber wall left 791 and the storage chamber wall right 792). Since the width (distance) does not block the filling port or the filling flow path of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane, the polyurethane heat insulating material can be filled without interruption because the heat insulating property is not lowered. In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at the same position as the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided at the right and left end portions on the back side of the refrigerator 1 or When the filling ports 703 and 704 are closer to the center side (inner direction), the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material are not blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the filling port 703 is not hindered. The heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled with 704 flows (fills) in the side wall 790, or in the convex portion 450, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and does not occur in the polyurethane. Insufficient ester filling and the like do not degrade the thermal insulation properties.

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 protrudes outward in the width direction from the inner wall surface of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, and blocks at least a part of the filling ports 703, 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material by The polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane may be hindered by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the side wall 790 or in the convex portion 450, or Flow between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 may cause poor filling of the polyurethane or the like on the side wall or the like, resulting in a decrease in heat insulating performance.

Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the left side of the left and right arrangement (a In the range of the inside of the filling port 703 and the filling port 704 of the right side (the other side), the filling of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided on the right and left end portions of the back side of the refrigerator 1 is not required. The ports 703 and 704 are also protruded outward, whereby the heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 is not impeded or hindered from being filled into the heat insulating box (the inner box 750 and the outer box 710). For example, in the side wall 790, in the convex portion 450, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, etc., therefore, it is possible to obtain a pleasure not to reduce the heat insulating performance. A heat-insulating cabinet or refrigerator.

When the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is more outward than the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided on the right and left end portions of the back side of the refrigerator 1 (vacuum heat insulation) The position of the end portion of the material 400 in the width direction is disposed at the left and right end portions of the rear side of the refrigerator 1 and the positions of the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane or the like are disposed closer to the outer position), and the filling ports 703 and 704 are provided. Since it may be blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening may be provided in a portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the filling ports 703 and 704 so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not block. At least a portion of the fill ports 703, 704. In this way, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased, and the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased, and the ratio (coverage ratio) of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased relative to the heat insulating box. Or the outer surface area of the back wall of the insulated box. Therefore, the heat insulating performance can be improved (for example, refer to FIG. 12 and FIG. 22).

In the present embodiment, between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the convex portion (or between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400), a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane or the like is placed. The heat insulating material of the material (heat insulating material other than polyurethane) improves the strength of the heat insulating box 700, but I want to be more When the strength of the heat insulating box 700 is increased, in the convex portion 450 (for example, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, in the vicinity of the width direction end portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the like), or in the vicinity of the convex portion 450, for example. The reinforcing member may be provided outside the convex portion 450 (for example, the inner side of the inner box 750 or the outer side of the inner box 750).

In the reinforcing member, for example, a member having a thermal conductivity lower than that of a metal product (for example, a resin member made of a resin) has a small influence on a reduction in heat insulating performance, and is preferable, but it is only required to cover the reinforcing structure with a heat insulating material. Around the material, even a member made of metal (for example, aluminum or aluminum alloy) can suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating property, and the shape thereof may be a rod shape (a round bar or a corner bar) or a tubular shape. Further, a configuration in which a rib is provided in the inner box 750 may be employed as long as it can increase the strength of the box such as the torsional strength or the bending strength of the heat insulating box 700. Here, a tube 720 or a refrigerant pipe 725 that accommodates a wire such as a control wire or a power line can be used as the reinforcing member. If the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 is used as the reinforcing member, no other member for reinforcing the material is required, and the cost is relatively high. It is low, and because the heat insulation box is reinforced, the strength of the heat insulation box can be improved. In addition, the reinforcing member may be disposed in the space between the convex portion 450 or the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, because the user does not directly see the reinforcing member to improve the design. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost, high in reliability, and excellent in design.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (1))

As the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the concave portion 440 of the portion directly attached by the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material) is opposed to the peripheral wall provided around and formed around the concave portion 440. a convex portion 450 of a corner portion (for example, the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 or the partition wall 24) is recessed, and therefore, the depressed portion is also It can be used as the cold air path 760. (Here, for example, when the storage compartment is the refrigerating compartment 2, the cold air duct 760 corresponds to the refrigerating compartment cold air duct 50, and when the storage compartment is the switching compartment 4, the cool air duct 760 corresponds to the switching compartment cold airflow. Road 16, in the case where the storage room is the vegetable compartment 5, the cold air duct 760 is equivalent to the cold air duct of the vegetable compartment.)

When the recessed portion 440 is used as the cold air passage 760, the opening of the second air passage unit 764 having the U-shaped (or concave-shaped) opening portion is disposed to open on the storage chamber side, and the air passage is covered. The air passage unit 762 is disposed so as to cover the U-shaped opening of the second air passage unit 764, and the first air passage unit 762 blocks the opening of the second air passage unit 764, thereby forming a cool air in a slightly closed space. Wind road 760. Each of the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit 764 is made of a heat insulating material such as styrene or resin. However, the second air passage unit 764 disposed in the recess 440 is provided by the back side. The side air passage back assembly 765 and the side air passage side assembly 766 are formed.

An inner box 750 in which a recess 440 is formed is disposed on the back side of the assembly (air passage back unit 765) on the back side of the second air passage unit 764. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided by the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 and the adhesive, and the inner side of the side surface side assembly (the air passage side unit 766) of the second air passage unit 764 is provided with the inner box. In the convex portion 450 formed by the 750, a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is provided in the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the air passage back surface assembly 765 and the air passage side surface unit 766 constituting the second air passage unit 764 are not thermally insulated, the heat insulating performance can be ensured. In other words, the back side of the cold air passage 760 is secured by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed in the back wall 730, and the side surface side of the cold air passage 760 is secured by the heat insulating material 701 in the convex portion 450. Thermal performance, therefore, constitutes the second air path component The air passage back unit 765 and the air passage side unit 766 of the 764 may be a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene, but the cold air path can be ensured even if it is a resin or a metal material that does not have heat insulating properties. 760 insulation performance. Therefore, the member constituting the second air passage unit 764 can be a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene having heat insulating properties, and can be suppressed by a resin or a metal member which does not have heat insulating properties. The dew or the like adheres to the component forming the cold air path 760, or the dew adhesion due to the occurrence of dew.

In addition, the first air passage unit 762 is made of, for example, a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene or a resin, and is made of a resin or the like so as not to adhere or be generated in the storage chamber side, and the adhesion of the dew is suppressed. In the drawing, the first air passage unit 762 is provided with a protruding portion (extension portion) 763 whose width is larger than the width of the recessed portion 440 in the left-right direction or the width of the U-shaped opening portion of the second air passage module 764 in the left-right direction. In the protruding portion (extended portion) 763, the opening portion or the recess portion 440 of the second air passage unit 764 is blocked in a slightly sealed state to form the cold air passage 760, and the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 can be used. The first air passage module 762 is detachably fixed to the convex portion 450 or the second air passage assembly 764. Here, the first air passage module 762 can block the opening of the second air passage module 764 to ensure the cold air passage. Therefore, the recess portion 440 is not required as long as the opening of the second air passage module is blocked. When the opening of the recessed portion 440 is blocked, the mountability of the first air passage module 762 can be improved, and the design can be improved.

Here, the cold air passage unit (for example, the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764) that forms the cold air passage 760 may be used as a reinforcing member for increasing the strength of the casing. When it is considered that the strength of the box or the rigidity of the box (for example, the torsional strength or the bending strength) is weak, the first air passage component is used. The 762 or the second air passage module 764 may be used as a reinforcing member to increase the strength of the casing (the rigidity of the casing). When the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 is made of a resin, it may be a predetermined thickness that can obtain the strength of the casing. However, if the thickness is to be reduced, heat conduction may be used without using a resin. A metal having a small rate (for example, a metal having a small thermal conductivity and a good heat insulating property than copper or aluminum). Further, a rib or the like may be provided in the width direction or the vertical direction on the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 to increase the torsional strength or the bending strength. When the strength or rigidity of the heat insulating box 700 is not a problem, the second air path assembly 764 can be omitted, and the concave portion 440 can be directly used as the rear wall and the side wall of the cold air path 760, and the first air path assembly can be used. 762 is provided to cover the opening of the recess 440.

When the recessed portion 440 is used as the rear wall and the side wall of the cold air passage 760, the second air passage module 764 does not need to be provided. Therefore, the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 having a simple structure and low cost can be obtained. In this case, the first air passage module 762 is provided so as to cover the recessed portion 440, and the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 is detachably fixed to the convex portion 450 by the detachable portion 450. The protrusion (extension) 763 is directly fixed to the convex portion 450 to increase the strength of the case. The recess 440 can be used as the cold air passage 760 by using the first air passage module 762 as a covering portion covering the recess 440. Here, the strength of the heat insulating box can be increased by thickening the thickness of the first air passage module 762 or by providing a rib to increase the rigidity thereof and using it as a reinforcing member.

In the cold air passage 760, one or a plurality of cold air supply ports (cold air blowing ports) 768 for supplying cold air to the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2 or the vegetable compartment 5) are provided. One or a plurality of cold air supply ports (cold air blowing ports) 768 are provided in the first air passage unit 762 or the second air path unit 764, and are configured to enable Efficiently cool the storage compartment. The cold air supply port 768 may be provided as a side air outlet that is blown to the side of the storage compartment, a front air outlet that is blown forward, or a side front oblique air outlet that blows in the oblique direction of the side and the front, or The upper front oblique air outlet that is blown in the oblique direction upward and forward, or the lower front oblique air outlet that blows in the oblique direction downward and forward, or the side that blows in the oblique direction to the side and the upper side The side outlet is blown obliquely toward the side outlet and the side direction and the downward direction.

In the present embodiment, an example in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 or the back surface of the refrigerator 1 will be described. However, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided on the side wall 790 of the heat insulating box 700 or The top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780, or the side or top or bottom surface of the refrigerator 1. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided in a storage compartment door (for example, the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 or the freezing compartment door piece 11 or the like) that covers the front opening of the storage compartment, and in this case, the heat insulation can be further improved. performance.

In the fourth embodiment, in the cold air passage 760, a cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 is provided on the side surface (the side surface of the first air passage unit 762 as the front cover portion). The cold air supply port 768 is a protruding portion (extension portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 provided on the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450. When the air passage side surface assembly 766 of the second air passage unit 764 is provided with the cold air supply port (the cold air blowing port) 768, the cold air path 760 is further directed to the refrigerator 1 than the end surface 451 of the front side of the convex portion 450. The portion protruding from the front side is the size of the opening of the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768. Therefore, the front side end surface 451 of the convex portion 450 with respect to the front side end surface 769 of the first air passage module 762 as the covering member. Is recessed toward the inner side (rear), this recessed portion recessed toward the inner side (protrusion The space 770 between the outlet 763 and the side wall 790 can be effectively applied as a storage space.

In the present embodiment, the front end side end surface 769 of the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion is provided to protrude toward the storage chamber side from the front end side end surface 451 of the convex portion 450. Therefore, a difference in height (step difference) occurs. Part 775). The stepping portion 775 can be used to provide the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768, and by providing the step portion 775, the side portion of the step portion 775 (the side of the cold air supply port 768) and the side wall 790 can be provided. The space 770 is provided with a storage space for storing the storage of food or the like. Therefore, by providing the extension portion 763 in the first air passage module 762, the step portion 775 can be formed, and the cold air supply port (cool air blowing) The outlet 768 is provided in the step portion 775, and can store the storage of food or the like in the storage space of the space 770 on the side of the step portion 775.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (2))

In the above-described example, the recessed portion 440 is used as the cold air passage 760, and the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 is provided in the step portion 775. However, the step size may be reduced as much as possible to increase the volume in the storage chamber.

Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the fifth embodiment, the portions corresponding to those in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

In Fig. 5, as in Fig. 4, the recess 440 is used as the cold air path 760.

That is, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 and the rear surface wall 730 of the convex portion 450, the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730, and the rear surface wall 730 are formed. A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer outer casings 710. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted into a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 or by A fixing member such as a screw allows the mounting portions to be engaged with each other to be attached to the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

The cold air passage 760 is provided as a cover portion that is provided to cover at least a part or all of the storage unit side opening portion of the second air passage unit 764 housed in the recess portion 440 or the storage portion side opening portion of the recess portion 440 The air passage unit 762 and the recessed portion 440 or the second air passage unit 764 are configured, and the first air passage unit 762 is fixed or fixed to the end surface 451 on the front side of the convex portion 450 or the air passage side of the second air passage unit 764. Component 766. In the present embodiment, since the step portion 775 formed by the extended portion 763 of the first air passage module 762 has a small size, it is difficult to form a step on the side surface formed by the extended portion 763 of the first air passage module 762. Since the cold air supply port 768 is provided in the portion 775, the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 can be provided only on the front side of the first air passage unit 762. However, since the thickness of the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 can be reduced, the size of the step portion 775 can be reduced. Therefore, the depth direction in the storage compartment can be lengthened, and the amount of the lengthening of the step portion 775 can be increased, and the storage volume in the storage compartment can be increased.

Here, the shape of the first air passage component 762 as the covering portion may be Although it has a plate shape as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, it may be a curved shape (for example, an arc shape or an arch shape) that protrudes toward the storage chamber side. When the first air passage module 762 has a curved shape, the opening direction of the cold air supply port 768 can be set not only toward the front direction of the storage compartment but also in the oblique direction by the curved portion, thereby increasing the position of the cold air supply port 768. The degree of freedom, therefore, is able to cool the entire storage room.

After the second air passage unit 764 is fixed or held by the recessed portion 440, the first air passage unit 762 may be fixed or held by the end surface 451 on the front side of the convex portion 450 or the second air passage unit 764, but may be When the second air passage unit 764 is fixed or held in the first air passage unit 762 and integrated, the assembly of the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit 764 is housed or disposed in the recess 440. The protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 is fixed or held by the convex portion 450 (for example, the end surface 451 on the front side). In this way, the second air passage unit 764 can be fixed or held in the first air passage unit 762 to form the cold air passage 760, and can be attached to the convex portion 450 in the storage chamber. Therefore, the second air passage unit 764 can be easily assembled and can be easily unloaded. Since the assembly of the cold air passage 760 can be configured by the second air passage unit 764 and the first air passage unit 762, the assembly of the cold air passage 760 can be easily attached to the storage chamber in a detachable manner. (for example, the convex portion 450).

In addition, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400, there is a concave portion 440 in which an adhesive (which may be a foaming heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness) as a first intermediate member to be adhered as a main purpose is present as the inner case 750. The thickness of the first intermediate member adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foamed heat insulating material) between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is small, and therefore, it is assumed that the cold air path 760 (the first air path component) Or the assembly of the second air passage assembly 764 or the first air passage assembly and the second air passage assembly) When the recessed portion 440 is attached, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be damaged by the screw for fixing. However, in the present embodiment, since the cold air passage 760 is attached to the convex portion 450, it is not necessary to The cold air duct 760 is attached to the recess 440 or the inner box 750 at a position opposite to the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the outer covering of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not damaged, and high reliability and low heat insulating performance are obtained. Or deteriorated heat insulation box, refrigerator, machine.

Here, in the cold air passage 760, when the first air passage unit 762 is attached to the convex portion 450 so as to cover the concave portion 440, the cold air passage 760 can be formed without providing the second air passage unit 764, so that the cold air passage 760 can be obtained. A highly reliable heat insulation box or refrigerator that has a small number of components and is easy to assemble at a low cost.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (3))

Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the sixth embodiment, the same portions as those in the first to fifth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 6, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, and the inner box 750 which forms the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 which forms the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Further, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. As a cover The first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 of the cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the rear wall or a fixing member such as a screw. The mounting portions are engaged with each other to be mounted to the back wall 730. In the drawing, a space 770 is provided between the side (side) 766 of the cold air passage 760 and the side (side) 452 of the convex portion 450, and this space 770 can be used as a storage space, and therefore, the storage room can be used ( For example, the storage volume of the storage item in the refrigerator compartment 2) becomes large.

In Fig. 6, the second air passage unit 764 constituting the cold air passage 760 has a U-shape having an opening portion with respect to a flow direction of the cold air (for example, the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1), and the U-shaped opening The department is disposed in the storage compartment of the refrigerator 1 (the recess 440 disposed on the back surface of the storage compartment) so as to face the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. The first air passage assembly 762 is fixed or held in the convex portion 450 in a state where the first air passage assembly 762 is pressed, so that the U-shaped opening of the second air passage assembly 764 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 are formed. In response to this, the cold air path 760 is formed by the second air passage unit 764 and the inner box 750. Here, when the first air passage module 762 is composed of a member having a heat insulating function (for example, styrene or a porous member), the second air passage unit 764 is not required, so that the first air passage can be used. The assembly 762 and the inner box constitute a cold air path 760, resulting in a low cost refrigerator and machine. The second air passage unit 764 has a U-shaped opening in a cross section with respect to the flow direction of the cold air. However, the second air passage unit 764 may not have a U-shape. As long as the cold air passage can be formed, the cross section of the cold air passage may be a cross section with respect to the flow direction of the cold air. The shape may be angular or elliptical and a cold air path may be formed inside the shape. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cold air passage may also be angular or elliptical. If the air-conditioning air path is circular or elliptical, the flow path impedance is small and efficient, and if it is a thin ellipse in the width direction than the circular shape Since the shape can shorten the length in the depth direction, the amount of protrusion into the storage compartment can be reduced, and the storage volume can be increased.

Here, the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 may be directly fixed or held by the inner box 750 forming the recessed portion 440, thereby forming the cold air passage 760. However, as shown in FIG. 4, A protruding portion (extension portion) 763 is provided in the first air passage unit 762, and the protruding portion 763 is extended to be longer than that shown in Fig. 4, whereby the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 can be formed. The convex portion 450 is fixed across the space 770. In this case, depending on the position of the fixed protruding portion (extended portion) 763, the storage volume of the space 770 may be reduced by the protruding portion 763, so that the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 is extended (to make it span) When the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 disposed above and below the cold air passage 760 or the partition wall 24 or the shelf 80 between the partition storage compartments is fixed or held by the convex portion 450, the reduction in the storage volume can be reduced ( It is suppressed that the storage item with a high height is abutted in the protrusion part (extension part) 763, and it cannot accommodate.

Here, the assembly (the first air passage unit or the second air passage unit, etc.) forming the cold air passage 760 can be directly fixed or held in the vicinity of the top wall 740 provided on the upper and lower sides of the cold air passage 760 or in the vicinity of the bottom wall 780. Or separate the vicinity of the partition wall 24 between the storage compartments or the side walls 790. (For example, when the protruding portion 763 is provided at a slightly center of the vertical direction of the space 770 or closer to the lower side than the slightly centered portion, when the storage item having a high height is stored in the space 770, the stored article may come to the protruding portion. Since it is not accommodated by the 763, it is provided in the vicinity of the top surface wall 740 (or the vicinity of the bottom wall 780 or the vicinity of the partition wall 24 which partitions between the storage compartments), and it is not easy to interfere. In the space 770, the protrusion 763 does not interfere, and the storage volume can be increased.)

In addition, the first air passage assembly 762, which is a cover portion covering at least a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment, may include at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or an air passage covering at least a portion of the cold air passage 760. a cover portion; a back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in the width direction (the left-right direction or the side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440; and being connected to the back cover portion or the back cover portion A side cover that is formed integrally and covers at least a portion of the side wall 790. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for mounting. Alternatively, the side cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In addition, the first air passage assembly 762, which is a cover portion covering at least a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment, may include at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or an air passage covering at least a portion of the cold air passage 760. a cover portion; a back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in the width direction (the left-right direction or the side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440; and being connected to the air passage cover portion or the air passage cover The portion is integrally formed and covers at least a portion of the upper and lower wall covering portions of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the back wall 730. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for mounting. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held by the inner box 750 forming the partition wall 24 (including the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the rear surface wall 730 for mounting. In this way, by using the cover The first air passage module 762 can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780, thereby improving design and assembly.

In the cold air path 760 or the component forming the cold air path 760 (the first air path component or the second air path component, etc.), one or a plurality of cooling air conditioners 13 are provided on the side or front side of the cold air path 760. The cold air generated in the cold air passage 760 or the like is supplied to the cold air supply port 768 in the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2, the vegetable compartment 5, or the freezing compartment 6, etc.), and the cold air supply port 768 is disposed in an efficient manner. A place where the storage or storage of food or the like in the storage room is cooled. The height position of the side cold air supply port and the front cold air supply port in the up-and-down direction may be the same position. However, if the height position is shifted, the cooling can be performed from a position different in height, so that the food can be efficiently fed. The storage items or storage materials are cooled. Further, the height positions of the cold air supply ports 768 provided on the right and left side faces (the right side face and the left side face) may be the same height. However, if the height positions are shifted, the positions can be cooled from positions having different heights. It is possible to efficiently cool a storage or storage of food or the like.

Further, the width dimension of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the installation position of the heat insulating box or the refrigerator are the same as those in Fig. 4 or Fig. 5. That is, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 in the left-right direction is, for example, smaller than the width between the storage chamber walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, so that it does not block A filling flow path of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled in the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material provided on the back side of the refrigerator 1 .

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed so as not to protrude further outward than the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided at the right and left end portions of the back surface of the refrigerator 1 (for example). Will not block the opening of the filling ports 703, 704 The position of the mouth or the heat insulating material such as polyurethane which does not interfere with or hinder the opening of the filling ports 703 and 704 and flows into the heat insulating box (for example, the side wall 790) flows into the side wall 790 or the back wall 730. Wait). For example, it may be disposed closer to the center side (inside) in the width direction than the filling ports (the left filling port 703 and the right filling port 704) on the left and right sides, or may not overlap the filling ports 703 and 704 in the vertical direction. Thereby, the polyurethane filled in the heat insulating box (the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, for example, in the side wall 790 or in the back wall 730, etc.) filled by the filling ports 703, 704 is not hindered or hindered. The heat insulating material such as ester is filled in the heat insulating box (the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710), so that the heat insulating material is not insufficiently filled or the density is insufficient, and the heat insulating property is not obtained. Reduced and high performance insulated enclosure or refrigerator.

Here, as the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, the concave portion 440 of the direct adhesive portion directly adhered by the adhesive which is mainly used for adhesion (which may be a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness) is opposed to the filling. The reinforcing member intervening portion (for example, the convex portion 450) of the reinforcing member such as a hard polyurethane protrudes from the step portion 776 corresponding to the height of the convex portion 450, and the depth of the concave portion 440 with respect to the convex portion 450 The direction (rear side) is recessed. On the other hand, the convex portion 450 as the intermediate member of the reinforcing member protrudes toward the front side in the depth direction with respect to the concave portion 440 which is the direct adhesive portion, and the amount of protrusion corresponds to the step portion 776. In addition, the concave portion 440 of the direct adhesion portion that is directly adhered to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 through the adhesive agent such as the self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material has a height (thickness) corresponding to the cold air passage 760. The step 440 is recessed in the depth direction (rear side) with respect to the front end portion 769 of the cold air passage 760. Conversely, the front side end portion 769 of the cold air passage 760 is directed to the directly adhered portion. The front side of the depth direction protrudes, and the amount of protrusion is a portion of the step.

In the present embodiment as described above, the heat insulating box or the refrigerator or the cold storage or display cabinet having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 formed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 is formed by the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. The machine includes: directly attaching the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back wall 730 of the indoor (for example, the storage room) to the inner box 750 by an adhesive such as a self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material. a portion (in the figure, the concave portion 440); and a reinforcing intermediate portion of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane which is a reinforcing member for increasing the strength of the box between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 (in the case of In the figure, the convex portion 450). Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are attached directly to the second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape. The second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape can be applied or attached to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side or the outer case 710 side in advance, so that the thickness of the adhesive can be made thin, but it is feared that coating will not occur. In the case where the unevenness is attached or not, it is preferable to use a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750.

Further, in the present embodiment, for example, the reinforcing intermediate portion (for example, the convex portion 450) and the direct adhesive portion (for example, the concave portion 440) are provided in the width direction of the same height position in the storage chamber, and are disposed in the width direction of the storage chamber. The reinforcing intermediate portion (for example, the convex portion 450) at the left and right end portions, and the direct adhesive portion (for example, the concave portion 440) sandwiched between the left and right reinforcing intermediate portions by the left and right reinforcing intermediate portions, in the left and right direction of the back surface of the storage compartment The convex portion 450 (reinforcing intermediate portion) is formed, and a concave portion 440 (direct adhesion portion) is formed between the convex portions 450. Here, in terms of ensuring the strength of the casing and ensuring the cold air path, the recess 440 and the convex portion 450 are disposed to extend approximately the full height range of the up and down direction of the storage compartment. It is better.

As described above, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer casing 710 are directly contacted or abutted by the second adhesive at a position facing the concave portion 440. Therefore, heat insulation between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not required. The material can increase the volume of the storage compartment compared to the case where there is a heat insulating material in between. Further, in the direct adhesion portion (for example, the concave portion 440), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are contacted or abutted by the adhesive foaming adhesive. In the present embodiment, since the heat insulating performance and the strength are maintained by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed (for example, the concave portion 440), the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are not In the case where a heat insulating material having a main purpose of heat insulation is required, the thickness of the wall can be made thinner than the heat insulating material having the main purpose of heat insulation, so that the volume in the storage chamber can be increased. Here, in the case where the adhesive needs to have fluidity, a rigid polyurethane having self-adhesive property or the like is used to first flow into the space 315 in a two-phase state and then foam it, thereby making it possible to It can also be glued.

In the present embodiment, the recessed portion 440 can be used as the cold air passage 760 for cooling the cold air in the storage compartment. Therefore, the recessed portion 440 on the back surface of the storage compartment in which the user's hand does not easily protrude can be effectively utilized, so that the recessed portion 440 can be efficiently utilized. Use the storage volume in the storage room. In addition, when a vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a predetermined strength (bending strength or bending strength) is used, the convex portion 450 is set to have a predetermined width in the storage chamber (the degree of torsional strength and bending strength can be ensured) When the middle portion is continuous in the vertical direction, the necessary strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and the torsional strength or the bending strength in the front-rear direction or the left-right direction can be secured, so that the heat-insulating housing 700 with high reliability can be obtained. Refrigerator 1. In addition, if the necessary strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, the twist can be ensured In the strength, the bending strength in the front-rear direction or the left-right direction, the convex portion 450 may not be continuously disposed in the vertical direction, and may be intermittently provided at one or a plurality of positions.

In the present embodiment, the convex portion 450 formed of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane which is disposed in the vertical direction in the left-right end side (the end portion on the width direction) of the back surface of the storage chamber is formed. By forming the convex portion 450, the torsional strength and bending strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be improved. Therefore, the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 does not undergo deformation, and the storage compartment door piece (for example, the rotary type (hinge type) refrigerating compartment door piece 7) provided in front of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) is skewed, for example, When the door pieces are left and right, the left and right door pieces (7A, 7B) are skewed to cause a positional shift, so that the opening and closing of the storage door piece can be smoothly performed. Since the positional displacement of the left and right storage compartment door pieces does not occur, the appearance is good. Further, in the case of the drawer type door piece, the inner wall (left and right side walls) provided in the storage compartment (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, the freezing compartment 6, etc.) does not occur due to the deformation of the casing 700. The mounting heights of the rail members for the drawer type cartridges of 791 and 792 are different from each other or inclined, so that the casing can be smoothly taken in and out.

Here, in the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the heat insulating material such as the polyurethane forming the convex portion 450 must have a predetermined strength. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa. The heat insulating material such as the above-mentioned material and the polyurethane forming the convex portion 450 has a bending elastic modulus of 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more) and a density of 60 kg/m ³ or more (preferably 62 kg/m). ³ or more). In the past, heat insulating materials such as polyurethane have been used to satisfy both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating properties. Therefore, the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane heat insulating material must be ensured from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength of the casing. The increase, but the characteristic of the rigid polyurethane is that the density increases when the bending elastic modulus is increased, and the heat insulating property decreases when the density is increased. Therefore, in the case of the polyurethane, it is difficult to obtain a bending elastic modulus of 10 MPa or more in order to obtain a predetermined heat insulating property, and therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane cannot be made thinner than about 15 mm. Here, the thinner the thickness of the polyurethane, the smaller the thickness of the wall, and the larger the volume in the storage chamber. However, in order to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane and reduce the thickness of the polyurethane, the density of the polyurethane is increased and the bending elastic modulus is increased, so that the strength of the casing can be enhanced, but when the density is increased, the partition is increased. The thermal performance is deteriorated, and therefore, it is difficult to make the thickness of the polyurethane lower than a predetermined value (for example, 15 mm).

In the present invention, since the material having a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more is used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be partitioned in a portion (case or wall) in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed. In the case where both the thermal performance and the strength are filled with a heat insulating material such as polyurethane between the outer case and the inner case, it is not necessary to use a polyurethane in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed. As a heat insulating material mainly for heat insulation, it can be used as an adhesive. Therefore, a heat insulating material such as polyurethane can be used as the adhesive for adhering the vacuum heat insulating materials 400 and 750, or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, and therefore, even if the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced There is no problem with the lowering of the thermal insulation properties of the polyurethane. Here, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the surface of the case 700 and the surface of the door piece) or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (relative to the outer case 710) The volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 between the inner tank 750 and the space 315 is increased to a predetermined value or more (for example, 40% or more), whereby even if there is a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed, The heat insulating performance and strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be ensured.

Therefore, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer casing 710 and the inner box 750, such as the concave portion 440, the strength and thermal insulation properties of the casing 700 are obtained by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In both cases, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, a rigid polyurethane can be used as the adhesive for the main purpose of adhesion, and therefore, It is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane even if the reduction in the heat insulating property of the polyurethane is not considered. Therefore, since the heat insulating property of the casing is responsible for the vacuum heat insulating material 400, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is thinned, the wall thickness is thinned to cause thermal insulation of the rigid polyurethane. Low will not cause problems. Therefore, the wall thickness can be made thinner by reducing the thickness of the polyurethane, thereby increasing the volume in the storage chamber. However, in either of the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape can be used to reduce the wall thickness. , and can increase the volume in the storage room.

Here, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam which is used as an adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 is used below a predetermined value. Alternatively, the wall thickness can be reduced as compared with the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and therefore, the volume in the storage compartment can be increased. Here, if either between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, a rigid polyurethane foam which is mainly used for adhesion is used. The thickness of the plastic is lower than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the effect of reducing the wall thickness can be obtained, but the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer casing 710 The thickness, plus the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, if less than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, can further reduce the wall thickness and increase the storage. The volume of the room.

In the present embodiment, a rigid polyurethane is used as an adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 to form a polyurethane. The thickness is as thin as possible, but not only between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, but the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided and only the polyamino group is filled. The same rigid polyurethane foam can also be used in the area of the formate (inside the wall). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided and only the portion where the polyurethane is filled (for example, a part in the wall or in the convex portion) can increase the thickness of the rigid polyurethane because there is no vacuum heat insulating material 400. (The amount of increase is the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400), and therefore, the heat insulating thickness of the polyurethane can be increased. Therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not present can be increased to be larger than between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. The thickness of the polyurethane is also thick, so that the density of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can be made lower than that of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed. Since the density of the ester is increased, the heat insulating property of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can be increased, and the predetermined performance can be ensured. Further, since the thickness of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can be increased, the strength of the case is also increased. Here, in the present embodiment, both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance can be satisfied. Therefore, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the ratio of the area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the casing 700 and the door piece) ) or vacuum insulation The filling rate of the material 400 (the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750) is increased to a predetermined value or more.

In the present embodiment, since the heat insulating performance and strength are maintained by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane heat insulating material and to bend the elastic modulus of the polyurethane heat insulating material. 13.0 MPa or more (15 MPa or more is preferable). Further, on the density of the polyurethane thermal insulation material, can be used 60kg / m ³ or more (preferably 62kg / m ³ or more) of the material, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane, it is possible to reduce the interval The wall thickness of the hot box 700. However, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. The cost is increased, (2) the polyurethane is leaked due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the mold for suppressing the deformation of the box due to the increase in the foaming pressure during the foaming of the polyurethane. Or the adhesion between the box-pressing member and the polyurethane and the adhesion force are increased, so that the mold for suppressing deformation of the case or the member for pressing the case is difficult to escape from the case (it is difficult to take out from the case). And (4) the deterioration of the heat insulating performance due to the increase in the density of the polyurethane, and the like, the quality deterioration, the deterioration of the performance, and the increase in the cost may occur. Therefore, the polyurethane is used as an intermediate member. The density of the heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of the foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably 90 kg/m). ³ or less) is preferred.

(in the cold air path of the convex part)

In the above, the recess 440 (the storage compartment side space of the inner box 750) is used as an example of the cold air passage 760. However, the cold air passage 760 may be provided in the convex portion. In the 450 (the space between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710), the cold air path 760 may be additionally provided instead of the convex portion 450. Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the seventh embodiment, the same portions as those in the first to sixth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 7, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, and the inner box 750 which forms the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 which forms the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air passage 760 provided in the convex portion 450 is provided with a first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and a rear side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the outer box 710 side) and has heat insulation. The second air passage unit 764 is configured and disposed in the convex portion 450. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted into a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790 or by screws or the like. The fixing members engage the mounting portions with each other to be mounted to the back wall 730 or the side walls 790.

Here, the cold air passage 760 is formed in the convex portion 450, and one or two or a plurality of convex portions 450 are provided on the side in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber. The cold air passage 760 is composed of a second air passage unit 764 (or the second air passage unit 764 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400) having a U-shaped cross section or a substantially rectangular cross section, and the convex portion 450 is composed of the second air passage unit. 764 is configured to cover the inner box 750 on the storage compartment side of the second air passage module 764. That is, the cold air passage 760 exists between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. In the air-conditioning air path 760, one or a plurality of air-conditioning units are supplied to the storage. The air-conditioning supply port 768 in the storage room.

When the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage module 764 is a U-shape having an opening portion, the opening portion is disposed toward the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side, and the U-shaped opening is plugged by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The cold air path 760 is formed. However, the U-shaped opening may not be disposed toward the side wall 790 side or the storage chamber side, and the U-shaped opening may be blocked by a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene. The part is configured to form a cold air path 760. Further, the outer shape of the cross section of the second air passage unit 764 may be a rectangular shape or a circular shape (circular tubular shape) or an elliptical shape, and may have any shape as long as the cold air passage 760 is formed inside, but if In the case of a circular or elliptical shape, the flow path impedance is small and preferable. When the height of the ellipse which is elongated in the width direction is smaller than that of the circular shape, the protruding height into the storage compartment can be reduced, and the effective volume can be increased to make it more convenient to use. The outer shape of the cross section of the second air passage module 764 is a rectangular shape, a circular shape (a circular tube shape), or an elliptical shape, and in the case of a shape having no opening portion other than the cold air supply port 768, only the second air passage assembly may be used. 764 forms a cold air path 760.

Here, when the second air passage unit 764 that forms the cold air passage 760 uses a cross-sectional shape having a predetermined torsional strength or bending strength (for example, the U-shape or the cross-sectional outer shape is rectangular or circular (circular) or The member of the elliptical shape can increase the strength of the convex portion 450 by providing the cold air passage 760 in the convex portion 450, and can improve the strength of the casing. However, when the second air passage module 764 is formed of a U-shaped cross-section member, the U-shaped opening portion may be opened or narrowed when the torsion or the bending of the casing is opened, and when the strength is insufficient, other configurations may be used. Material (such as a plate member or a rod member or a rib member) will be the second air passage component The opening portions of the openings of the 764 are connected or plugged so that the openings are not opened or narrowed, and the strength can be ensured.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating material 701 is not filled in the convex portion 450, and the cold air passage 760 as the reinforcing member is provided. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating box or the refrigerator including the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 includes: The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the direct adhesion portion of the inner box 750 (for example, the concave portion 440) by an adhesive or the like on the back surface of the storage chamber; and there is an increase in the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The reinforcing portion of the strength portion of the cold air passage 760 (for example, the convex portion 450). The reinforcing intermediate portion (the convex portion 450) is provided at a corner portion of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are attached by a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, as the adhesive for the first intermediate member between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a rigid polyurethane having self-adhesive properties can be used. When a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive in the case where polyurethane is used as the adhesive can be reduced without using the function of the heat insulating material. In this case, the thickness of the polyurethane is preferably smaller than the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and preferably 11 mm or less. The thinner the thickness of the adhesive, the thinner the wall thickness and the larger the volume in the storage chamber. Therefore, it is preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less. When the thickness is less than 1 mm, the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not adhered to the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the quality of the inner casing 750 from the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be lowered. Therefore, polyurethane is used as the adhesive. In the case of a dose, it is preferably 3 mm or more. Further, in the case of using a rigid polyurethane as an adhesive based on the viewpoint of strength assurance, the density is preferably 60 kg/m ³ or more. Here, in order to increase the strength of the casing, it is preferable to use a material having a bending modulus of 13.0 MPa or more as the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material 701 filled in the convex portion 450 is 13.0 MPa. The above density is preferably 60 kg/m ³ or more. However, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. The cost is increased, (2) the polyurethane is leaked due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the mold for suppressing the deformation of the box due to the increase in the foaming pressure during the foaming of the polyurethane. Or the adhesion between the box-pressing member and the polyurethane and the adhesion force are increased, so that the mold for suppressing deformation of the case or the member for pressing the case is difficult to escape from the case (it is difficult to take out from the case). And (4) the deterioration of the heat insulating performance due to the increase in the density of the polyurethane, and the like, the quality deterioration, the deterioration of the performance, and the increase in the cost may occur. Therefore, the polyurethane is used as an intermediate member. The density of the heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of the foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably 90 kg/m). ³ or less) is preferred.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (4))

Next, the configuration of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (the same applies to Figs. 4 to 7). Fig. 9 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 when the front door panel of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention is removed, and Fig. 10 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In the 8th to 10th figures, the part corresponding to the 1st to 7th figures The same symbols are given and the description thereof is omitted.

In Fig. 8, the convex portion 450 is slightly triangular, and the side surface of the convex portion 450 corresponds to the oblique side 456. The convex portion 450 has a rear wall side end portion 798 at one end thereof connected to the back surface wall 730, and the other end side wall side end portion 797 and the side wall 790 are connected. The concave portion 440 is formed by the oblique side 456 corresponding to the side surface of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 forming the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730. A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 or by a screw The fixing members are such that the mounting portions are engaged with each other to be attached to the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

A concave portion 440 is formed on the back surface of the storage chamber, and a portion (for example, a slightly central portion in the width direction) of the concave portion 440 in the width direction is utilized as the cold air passage 760. The cold air duct 760 may be a cold air duct 50 that supplies cold air to the refrigerating compartment 2, and is used as a water mist that supplies cold air to the electrostatic water mist device 200 (water mist device) and generates the electrostatic water mist device 200. The cold air is supplied to the cold air path of the refrigerating compartment of the storage room. Further, the cold air passage 760 is composed of a second air passage unit 764 provided at a substantially center of the recessed portion 440 and a first air passage unit 762 provided as a cover portion covering the second air passage unit 764, and the first air passage unit 762 is provided. Section shape It is a U-shape having an opening, which is composed of a front portion 761 and a side portion 767.

The first air passage unit (for example, the air passage covering portion) 762 has a side surface portion that is disposed such that at least a portion thereof comes into contact with a fixing protrusion that is provided as a protruding portion that protrudes from the inner box 750 toward the storage chamber side in the recess portion 440. 910, the side portion or the front portion is fixed or held by the fixing protrusion 910. In the present embodiment, at least a portion of the inner side surface of the side surface portion of the first air passage unit 762 is in contact with the outer surface of the fixing protrusion 910, and is fixed or held by a screw, a hook structure, or an embedded structure. 1 air path assembly 762, thereby forming a cold air path 760. Here, the shape of the first air passage module 762 is a U-shaped cross section, but it may be a slightly semicircular or curved shape (arched) or a slightly V-shaped shape. In addition, the first air passage assembly 762 may be fixed to the protrusion 910 or the inner box (wall surface) 750 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall (for example, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the storage wall) forming the storage compartment. The partition wall 24 between the chambers, etc. may be any shape, and may be any shape as long as the cold air passage 760 can be formed.

The cold air passage 760 is connected to the cooler chamber 131 through the refrigerating compartment damper 55 as an air volume adjusting means. The cold air generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 is passed through a cooling air circulation fan (in-chamber fan) 14 provided in the cooler chamber 131, through the air passage 16, and a refrigerating chamber damper as an air volume adjusting means. 55 is blown to the cold air passage 760 which is the cold air passage 50 of the refrigerating compartment. The cold air blown to the cold air passage 760 is supplied to the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2) by the cold air supply port 768 provided in the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 or the fixing protrusion 910. .

In the present embodiment, one or a plurality of (at least one) cold air supply to the storage compartment is provided in the front portion or the side surface portion of the first air passage module 762. Give the mouth (air-cooling outlet) 768. When the second air passage module 764 is provided, one or a plurality of (at least one) of the front surface portion or the side surface portion or the back surface portion of the second air passage module 764 is provided. In the drawing, the cold air supply port 768 is provided so as to penetrate the front portion of the second air passage unit 764 at the front portion of the first air passage unit 762, and the cold air supply port 768 is provided to communicate with the side portion of the first air passage unit 762. The through-side portion of the second air passage module 764 is supplied with cold air from the side in addition to the cold air supply from the front portion, so that the cold air can be efficiently blown. Here, the cold air supply port of the first air passage module 762 and the cold air supply port of the second air passage module 764 are not necessarily provided at the same position (communication position), and may be provided at different positions (disengaged positions). For example, the cold air supply port of the first air passage module 762 is disposed at the front, and the cold air supply port of the second air passage module is disposed at a position different from the height of the cold air supply port of the first air passage module. The front part, the side part) or the position (side part) which differs in the left-right direction at the same height position.

The front side end surface 769 and the recessed portion 440 (the rear side wall of the storage compartment) of the front portion 761 of the first air passage unit 762 differ in height from the storage chamber side (the front direction of the refrigerator 1), and have a step difference in the height difference portion. (step difference portion 775). If the cold air supply port (opening or notch, etc.) 768 is not provided in the step portion 775 (for example, as the side surface portion 767 or the protruding portion 910 of the first air passage module 762 that forms the outer contour of the cold air passage 760), The front end side surface 769 of the first air passage module 762 (the thickness (height) protruding toward the inside of the storage compartment (the storage compartment side)) is reduced in the opening or the notch of the cold air supply port 768, and the storage of the step portion 775 can be reduced. The amount of protrusion on the inside. Therefore, the length in the depth direction of the storage compartment can be increased, and the amount of increase can be reduced by the step portion 775, and the storage capacity in the storage compartment can be increased. product.

Here, the protrusion portion 910 is provided at least at two positions in the width direction (the right protrusion portion and the left protrusion portion when viewed from the front opening of the refrigerator 1), and the space between the left and right protrusion portions 910 forms the second recess portion 441, and The second recess 441 has a groove shape in the vertical direction. The protrusion 910 is formed by projecting the inner case on the back surface of the storage compartment in which the recess 440 is formed, toward the storage chamber side, and is provided continuously or intermittently in the vertical direction (for example, at least two of the protrusions 910 are slightly parallel in the vertical direction). The position is set to form a groove shape (second recess 441)). Here, the protrusion 910 may be formed as an object different from the inner box 750.

Further, the inner surface side of the side surface portion 767 of the first air passage module 762 is held or fixed to the outer surface of the projection portion 910 forming the second recess portion 441 by a concave-convex fitting or hooking structure or a screw or the like (a groove shape is formed). The outer side of the portion 910). That is, a concave-convex fitting structure that is held or fixed by the concave-convex fitting, or a fixing component (or a holding means) that is held or fixed by a hook portion having a protruding hook portion in a concave portion or a convex portion The first air passage unit 762 and the protrusion portion 910 are provided, whereby the first air passage unit 762 is held or fixed to the protrusion portion 910 that forms the second recess portion 441. (For example, a hook portion is provided in the first air passage unit 762, and a concave portion or a convex portion is provided at a position facing the hook portion on the protrusion portion 910, whereby the first air passage unit 762 is lightly pressed to form the first portion. The simple configuration of the projection portion 910 of the recessed portion 441 allows the first air passage module 762 to be held or fixed to the projection portion 910.

In the present embodiment, for example, a space surrounded by the following portion (a space provided in the upper and lower portions in the width direction of the refrigerator 1) is formed in the width direction (left-right direction) of the back surface of the refrigerator 1. At least two protrusions 910 in the upper and lower directions of the central portion, and a storage chamber formed on the back wall 730 The second concave portion (groove shape) 441 on the side, and the first air passage module 762 (for example, a U-shaped U-shaped member or an arched curved member or the like). The space enclosed by the second recessed portion 441 and the first air passage module 762 may be used as the cold air passage 760. However, as shown in the drawing, the second air passage unit 764 may be housed in the second recessed portion 441 and the first The second air passage module 764 is used as the cold air passage 760 in the space surrounded by the air passage module 762. Here, the protruding portion 910 or the side surface portion 767 of the first air passage unit 762 does not have to be continuous in the vertical direction, and may be formed as an air passage, and the cold air in the air passage can be supplied to the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber). The cold air supply port 768 of 2, etc. can be used.

A plurality of protrusions 910 are intermittently provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 , and the protrusions in which the protrusions are not provided between the plurality of protrusions intermittently provided in the vertical direction can be used (for example, the protrusions in the vertical direction due to the notches or the like) The interrupted notch portion) serves as a cold air supply port 768 to the storage compartment. In this case, the first air passage unit 762 may block the non-protrusion portion (the notched portion in which the protrusion portion in the vertical direction is interrupted) between the plurality of protrusions provided in the vertical direction to form an air passage, but may be used. The second air passage assembly 764 forms an air passage. Further, the protruding portion 910 may be used only as a fixing portion or a holding portion for fixing or holding the first air passage module 762. The space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air passage module 762 which are formed in the left and right two protrusions 910 of the refrigerator 1 in the vertical direction (the space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) is directly used as the cold air. In the case of the road 760, in order to prevent dew condensation or to suppress an increase in the temperature of the cold air in the cold air passage 760, it is preferable that the first air passage module 762 or the projection portion 910 is made of a material having heat insulating properties such as a heat insulating material. In this case, the protruding portion 910 is formed so as to protrude the inner box 750 and fill the inside of the polyurethane heat insulating material.

The second recessed portion 441 formed in the two vertical portions 910 of the refrigerator 1 and the space surrounded by the first air passage module 762 (the space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) can be directly used as the cold air. The road 760 may be provided with a second air passage module 764 having a cold air passage 760 in this space. When the second air passage unit 764 is provided, the second air passage unit 764 can be formed of a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene. Therefore, the first air passage unit 762 or the protruding portion 910 is thermally insulated without using a heat insulating material or the like. The structural member of the performance may be simplified, and the configuration of the first air passage module 762 or the protruding portion 910 can be simplified. In addition, since the second air passage module 764 can be formed of a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene or resin which can be easily processed, the cross-sectional shape (outer shape of the cross section) of the second air passage module 764 can be processed or formed into a circular shape. Or various shapes such as an elliptical or polygonal shape (for example, a triangle or a quadrangle or a hexagon). In addition, in the cross-sectional shape of the air passage, it is also possible to easily form a shape having a small air passage impedance such as a flow path loss or a pressure loss of the air passage (for example, a circular shape or an elliptical shape elongated in the width direction), and it is possible to obtain good efficiency. Insulated cabinet, refrigerator, machine.

The second air passage module 764 is disposed in a space surrounded by the following portions (a space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1): the first air passage module 762 and two or more (two or more) installed in the width direction. In the state of the protrusion 910, the second protrusion 910 (the two protrusions 910 are continuously or intermittently provided in the longitudinal direction) and the second recess formed by the inner box 750 are provided in the width direction of the refrigerator 1. 441. The second air passage module 764 has an air passage structure having a cold air passage 760 therein, and the outer cross-sectional shape of the air passage of the second air passage assembly 764 is circular or elliptical or polygonal (for example, a triangle or a quadrangle or a sixth) A shape such as an angle or the like forms a cold air passage 760 therein. The second air passage component can be any shape The shape may be any shape as long as the cold air passage 760 can be formed inside. Here, the cross-sectional shape of the module having the air passage such as the first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 is a cross-sectional shape that is slightly perpendicular to the flow direction of air or cold air.

The outer shape of the cross section of the cold air passage 760 formed in the second air passage unit 764 is a circular or elliptical or polygonal shape (for example, a triangular shape, a quadrangular shape, a hexagonal shape, or the like), and may be a second air passage component. The cross-sectional shape of the 764 is the same or similar, but may be different from the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage module 764. In other words, when the outer shape of the cross section of the second air passage unit 764 is a substantially square shape, the outer shape of the cross section of the cold air passage 760 may be slightly circular or slightly elliptical or slightly triangular, even if the outer shape of the cross section is different. There will be problems. However, since the efficiency of the flow path impedance when the air (cold air) flows is small, the air passage section of the second air passage module 764 has a circular or elliptical shape rather than a square shape or a triangular shape. Further, in the elliptical shape in which the width direction is longer than the circular shape, the height at the time of installation (the protruding height in the storage chamber) can be reduced, so that the depth of the storage chamber can be increased and the use can be easily performed. Therefore, the second air passage unit 764 can be configured to form a cold air passage. Therefore, the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage unit 764 may be an angular or elliptical shape with respect to the flow direction of the cold air, and the cold air passage 760 may be formed therein. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cold air passage 760 may be an angular shape or an elliptical shape. When the cross-sectional shape of the cold air passage 760 is circular or elliptical, the flow path impedance is small and the efficiency is good, and if the width is longer than the circular shape, the length in the depth direction can be reduced, and the length can be reduced. The amount of protrusion into the storage compartment can also increase the storage volume. (When the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage unit 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air passage 760 is elliptical, it is preferable that the width direction (long-axis direction) is longer than the depth direction (short-axis direction). Here, the second air passage component 764 is If one air passage module is formed in a state of being divided into two or divided into three and being divided into a plurality of subassemblies, it is easier to process and easier to assemble, so that it is preferable. When the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage unit 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air passage 760 is an elliptical shape, when the second air passage unit 764 is divided, when the long-axis cross section is divided into two, the workability is improved. And assembly is therefore preferred.

The cold air (air) generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the heat exchanger in the cooler chamber 131 passes through the cold air passage 16 and the refrigerating chamber damper 55 and flows into, for example, the cold air passage 760 formed in the second air passage unit 764. The inside is supplied to the storage room by the cold air supply port 768. Here, the space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air passage module 762 is used as the cold air passage 760. In the present embodiment, the space in which the cold air passage 760 is provided is provided in the upper and lower directions in the width direction of the back surface of the refrigerator 1 and in the width direction (left and right direction) of the refrigerator 1 when the refrigerator is viewed from the front (front). There is one in the center of the refrigerator, but it may not be one, and two or more may be provided in the width direction (left-right direction) of the refrigerator 1. Further, the end portion may be provided at the end portion in the width direction, not at the center portion.

It is also possible to provide two or a plurality of spaces which are used as the cool air ducts 760, respectively, which are formed and do not share the cold air generated by the cooler 13 which is the heat exchanger in the cooler chamber 131, to the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) Or the cold air path of the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4 or the cooling compartment 2X, 2Y, etc., and the water mist generated by the electrostatic water mist device 200 are supplied to the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerator compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4 or The air mist for the cooling chambers 2X, 2Y, etc.) is an air passage. When the air passages are independent as described above, it is possible to independently control the supply of cold air by air volume adjustment means (control of opening, closing, or cooling air supply of cold air supply) and water mist supply (water mist supply) On, off, or control of water mist). Of course, there is no problem even if the cold air path and the water mist are shared by the air path.

When the second air passage module 764 is provided, it may be configured to be fixed or held by the first air passage module 762. Alternatively, the second air passage unit 764 may be fixed or held by the protrusion 910 or the inner box 750 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall 24 or the wall surface (the back wall 730, the top surface wall 740, the bottom wall 780, etc.) or the like. The first air passage unit 764 is fixed to or held by the first air passage unit 762, and the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit 764 are integrally formed as an air passage assembly, whereby the heat can be easily attached to the air passage assembly. The case 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be easily removed. Here, as long as the second air passage unit 764 can constitute an assembly that forms the shape of the independent air passage, and the second air passage unit 764 can constitute the air passage assembly, the air passage assembly can be detachably attached. It is installed in a storage compartment (for example, the protrusion 910 or the recess 440 or the second recess 441 or the first air passage module 762 or the inner box 750 or the shelf 80, etc.). In addition, since the cold air passage 760 can be formed not by the inner box 750 (the inner box forming the recess 440 or the portion of the second recess 441) opposed to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box having a simple structure and low cost. , refrigerator, machine.

In addition, when the first air passage module 762 or the air passage assembly (the second air passage module 764 or the assembly of the first air passage module 762 and the second air passage module 764) is installed in the storage room (for example, the protruding portion 910) Or the first air passage module 762 or the shelf 80 or the like does not need to directly mount the first air passage module 762 or the air passage assembly to the inner box 750 (the recess 440 or the second recess) that faces the vacuum heat insulating material 400. 441) Therefore, it is possible to suppress deformation or cracking or cracking of the inner box 750 when the cold air passage 760 is attached. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the inner box from being outside the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In the case of damage to the packaging material, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, or a machine which is highly reliable and has little heat insulating performance or deterioration.

When the cold air passage 760 is provided so that the first air passage module 762 covers the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441, the cold air passage 760 can be formed without providing the second air passage unit 764. A heat-insulating cabinet or refrigerator with a small number of components, low cost, easy assembly, and high reliability. In this case, the first air passage module 762 is fixed or held by the convex portion 450 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall 24, the wall surface (for example, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top surface wall 740, or the bottom wall 780). can.

When the refrigerator 1 is viewed from the front side (front side), the convex portion 450 is provided with at least one or more corner portions (left and right end portions in the width direction and end portions in the width direction) in the width direction of the back surface of the storage compartment (1) At or in multiple positions). In order to increase the box strength (case rigidity) such as the torsional strength of the box or the bending strength or the compressive strength, it is formed by filling a rigid polyurethane foam or the like between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Insulation material 701. In the concave portion 440 and the second concave portion 441, the strength of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be greater than or equal to a predetermined value (for example, a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more), so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inside are provided. An adhesive (for example, a foamed heat insulating material having adhesiveness) which is a first intermediate member for adhesion is filled between the cases 750, and the vacuum is partitioned by the adhesive as the first intermediate member. The hot material 400 and the inner box 750 are adhered or fixed or fixed. Here, a rigid polyurethane foam can be used as the adhesive for the first intermediate member. In this case, the use of the polyurethane as an adhesive is not used as the main insulation. Since the purpose is a heat insulating material, the thickness of the polyurethane can be made thin. That is, in the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box When polyurethane is used as the first intermediate member between 750, even if the heat insulating performance is poor, it is not necessary, so that it can be thinned as long as it has a heat insulating box when it is adhered. The necessary deformation or skewness of the rigidity or the strength of the adhesive strength or the predetermined thickness of the fixed strength may be sufficient. When a rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediate member is used as an adhesive, the predetermined thickness is preferably about 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), preferably 6 mm or less, and The adhesion (adhesive property) as an adhesive is satisfied, and the thinner the better, the thickness is preferably 1 mm or more, and more preferably 3 mm or more.

In the fourth to eighth figures, the cross section of the refrigerator 1 is shown, and the convex portions 450 are provided at both end portions in the width direction of the refrigerator 1, and a protruding portion that protrudes toward the storage chamber side (the front side of the refrigerator 1) is formed. In the fourth to seventh embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the protruding portion of the side wall 790 and the rear wall portion in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is angular (rectangular), but in Fig. 8, The cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 protruding toward the storage chamber side in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is slightly triangular, and one end of the triangular oblique side 456 and the inner side of the side wall 790 are predetermined. The portion (side wall side end portion) 797 is connected, and the other end of the oblique side 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (rear wall side end portion) 798 of the inner surface of the back surface wall 730. That is, one end of the slightly triangular oblique side 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (side wall side end portion) 797 of the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end is connected to a predetermined portion (rear wall side end portion) 798 of the inner surface of the back surface wall 730. Therefore, the oblique side 456 of the convex portion 450 starting from the back wall side end portion 798 and the side wall side end portion 797 protrudes toward the inside of the reservoir. That is, in the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450, a portion corresponding to the slightly triangular oblique side 456 is formed in the inner box 750 in the storage compartment so as to extend from the predetermined portion 797 of the side wall 790 to the predetermined portion 798 of the rear wall 730. Slightly straight or curved Shape or arch shape, etc.

Therefore, in the case where the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is a slightly triangular shape, the length of the slightly triangular oblique side 456 is set so that a predetermined strength is obtained. In the case where the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is an angular shape, when it is a slightly triangular shape, since the convex portion 450 has no corner portion, the volume which can be protruded into the storage compartment becomes small, and the volume in the storage compartment can be increased. . In addition, since the convex portion 450 has no corner portion, the design is improved.

In the present embodiment, the plurality of protrusions 910 are provided so as to protrude toward the storage compartment side (the front side of the refrigerator 1) and are continuously or intermittently provided in the vertical direction of the storage compartment to form a groove shape (second recessed portion). 441, therefore, the strength of the box can be improved. Here, when the convex portion has a substantially triangular shape, the concave portion 440 provided between the left and right side walls 790 and the two convex portions 450 of the corner portion of the back surface wall 730 becomes the individual oblique side of the left and right convex portions 450. The range between the predetermined portions 798 of the back wall to which the 456 is attached (the portion indicated by W in Fig. 8).

In the fourth to eighth embodiments, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 in the left-right direction and the inner wall of the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerator compartment 2, the vegetable compartment 5, or the freezing compartment 6, etc.) The width is approximately the same (slightly the same as the distance (length) between the left and right side walls 790 forming the storage compartment), and the foaming partition of the polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703, 704 of polyurethane or the like is used. The hot material can be smoothly filled into the side wall 790. In addition, the filling ports 703 and 704 of the space 315 in which the foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane is filled in between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 do not overlap (the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not When the filling ports 703 and 704 are blocked and the foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane is injected, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 blocks the filling ports 703 and 704 without hindering the foaming heat insulating material from flowing into the side wall 790 or Within or within the top wall 740 or within the bottom wall 780.

In addition, in the fourth to eighth figures, the convex portion 450 has a function of a reinforcing member for maintaining or improving the strength of the casing, but also serves as a housing portion for the storage tube 720, the refrigerant pipe 725, and the like. In addition, the protruding portion 910 in which the second concave portion 441 is formed in the eighth embodiment may be used as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or may be filled with a foam heat insulating material or the like and used as a reinforcing member. One of the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 may be a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, and both the convex portion 450 and the protruding portion 910 may be used as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 or the like. unit. When the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is used as the storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or the case is used as the case reinforcing portion, it is not necessary to separately provide the storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725. The heat-insulating cabinet, refrigerator, and machine with simple structure, low cost, and high strength can be obtained.

The convex portion 450 is provided at a corner portion (a single side corner portion or both side corner portions) in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber. One end of the convex portion 450 is connected to a specific portion (side wall depth direction end portion 797) of the side wall 790 forming the storage chamber with respect to the width direction of the storage chamber, and the other end in the width direction is connected to overlap with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction. The specific portion (the rear end wall width direction end portion 798) of the back wall 730 at the position of the specific length X is filled with a foamed heat insulating material such as rigid polyurethane. As described above, the convex portion 450 is extended to a position partially overlapping the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the position of the overlapping length X), whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided by the convex portion 450 The polyurethane is integrally formed with the polyurethane in the side wall 790, and the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 are formed as a strong body together with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane to enhance the case 700. of strength. In this case, if the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the side wall 790 is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 and foamed, it can be easily matched. Here, the convex portion 450 is provided at the corner portion, and the inner box 750 is shaped to have an angular shape or a rectangular or slightly triangular shape or a circular arc shape or an arch shape protruding in the storage chamber, in the inner box 750 forming the convex portion 450 and A rigid polyurethane foam or the like is filled or provided between the outer cases 710, whereby the convex portion 450 is formed as a reinforcing member. Here, the heat insulating performance of the case 700 in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed and not provided, the adhesive strength of the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, and the strength (rigidity) of the case 700 are considered. In order to determine the filler such as polyurethane filled in the space between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, in the present embodiment, a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the filler.

One end of the convex portion 450 as the strength portion (reinforcing portion) on the side of the back wall 730 is provided so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a specific length (overlap length) X, and therefore, the hard poly portion filled in the convex portion 450 is filled. In the urethane foam, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are strongly adhered, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also strongly bonded to the side wall 790 by polyurethane. Further, since the convex portion 450 that protrudes into the storage chamber is formed at the corner portion in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam in which the concave portion 440 of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed is thin, It is also possible to suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating performance, and also to increase the strength of the casing by the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Further, in the case where the wall surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed (for example, the side wall 790 or the partition wall 24, etc.), the arrangement area or the arrangement volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased (increasing the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material). Rate or fill rate), while ensuring the inclusion of unconfigured vacuum insulation The thermal insulation properties of the insulated wall of the wall of 400. Further, since the convex portion 450 is extended to a position overlapping the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the side wall 790, and the concave portions (440, 441) of the back wall can be formed (or formed). As one, increase the strength of the box.

Further, a tube 720 or a refrigerant pipe 725 for accommodating a wire such as a control wire or a power line may be disposed in the convex portion 450. In this case, the strength of the casing is increased by the convex portion 450, and the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 can also be applied. As a reinforcing member for improving the strength of the box. Therefore, since other reinforcing members for increasing the strength of the casing are not required, it is possible to reduce the cost and to increase the strength of the casing of the heat insulating box by reinforcing the heat insulating box 700. In addition, since the reinforcing member is disposed in the convex portion 450, the design is also improved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box and a refrigerator which are low in cost, high in reliability, and excellent in design.

Here, the longer the specific length X in the width direction in which the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap, the longer the rigid polyurethane and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the convex portion 450 can be fixed (or held). The larger the (or the fixed area), the higher the strength of the case can be, but if it is too long, the amount of protrusion of the convex portion 450 into the storage room (the volume protruding into the storage room) becomes large, and the storage room is reduced. The capacity is therefore better than 200mm and preferably less than 180mm. When the specific length X of the width direction in which the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap is too short, the fixing force of the rigid polyurethane in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 becomes small and decreases. When the thickness of the case and the filler of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are shorter than 30 mm, the heat leakage through the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes large. That is, the overlapping length of the hard polyurethane or the like for the vacuum heat insulating material 400 When X is shorter than 30 mm, heat leakage from the surface of the inner tank 750 side (storage chamber side) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface of the outer tank 710 side (back side) becomes large, and the heat insulating property is improved. It is low, so it is preferably 30mm or more, and more preferably 40mm or more. Therefore, the overlapping length X of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 is preferably 30 mm or more, preferably 30 mm or more, and the upper limit is 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less), and the heat insulating box 700 is preferably The distance between the side walls 790 (the distance between the storage chamber walls 791 and 792) is preferably 1/3 or less. (When the outer width of the refrigerator 1 is 600 mm, if the thickness of the side wall 790 is 30 mm, the distance between the inner wall of the side wall 790 is about 540 mm, so the overlapping length X is 1/3 or less of 540 mm, that is, 180 mm or less. The degree is good.)

In the present embodiment, an example in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the back wall is described. However, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on both the back wall and the side wall 790. In this case, for the same reason as the back wall side, the side wall side is also a length in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlap, and the lower limit is preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is 200 mm. The following is good (more than 180mm). (It is desirable that the length of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlap with each other with respect to the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a first predetermined value (for example, 30 mm, preferably 40 mm), and a second predetermined value (for example, When the first predetermined value is less than 30 mm, the length X of the filler of the rigid polyurethane or the like is increased with respect to the overlapping portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the length X of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is less than or equal to 30 mm. The heat leakage caused by the heat bridge of the surface of the inner tank side (storage chamber side) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the outer tank side (back side) becomes large, so that the heat insulating performance is lowered, and if the convex portion and the vacuum are If the overlap length of the heat insulating material 400 is too short, the strength of the box will be lowered, so the first The predetermined value is preferably 30mm or more (more preferably 40mm or more). In addition, when the second predetermined value exceeds 1/3 of the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the width of the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is reduced, and the cold air passage 760 cannot be secured to a predetermined size. Therefore, the second predetermined value is obtained. It is preferably 1/3 or less. )

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 or the partition wall 24 that partitions between the storage chambers, and the convex portion 450 may be provided at the corner portion. The overlapping length of the convex portion formed at the corner portion of the back wall 730 and the top surface wall 740 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the convex portion formed at the corner portions of the back surface wall 730 and the bottom surface wall 780, and the vacuum heat insulating material are the same as described above. The overlapping length of 400, or the overlapping length of the convex portion formed at the corners of the back wall 730 and the partition wall 24 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the convex portion formed at the corners of the side wall 790 and the top surface wall 740, and vacuum heat insulation The overlap length of the material 400 is preferably 30 mm or more, more preferably 40 mm or more, and the upper limit is 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less).

As described above, since the length X of the overlapping portion of the convex portion 450 as the strength portion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction is set within a predetermined range, the strength can be increased without impairing the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance. A recess 440 between the left and right convex portions 450 or a space 770 (a space 770 between the protruding portion 910 and the convex portion 450) formed between the convex portion 450 and the second concave portion. Therefore, under the premise of securing the predetermined box strength and the predetermined heat insulating performance, the internal volume of the storage can be increased, and the space 770 serving as the storage space for the food or the like can be increased. Therefore, the storage volume in the storage compartment can be increased. A refrigerator or machine that is easy for the user to use.

In the present embodiment, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided in the opening and closing door (for example, the refrigerating chamber door piece 7) in front of the storage room, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used. Attached directly to the inner panel of the door panel and the outer panel of the door panel by the adhesive. In this case, a rigid polyurethane can be used as the adhesive. In this case, since the polyurethane is not used as a heat insulating material, it does not matter if the heat insulating property is poor, as long as it has a predetermined thickness of a predetermined adhesive strength when it is adhered. The predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 11 mm or less, more preferably 6 mm or less, and the adhesiveness (adhesive property) as an adhesive is preferably as thin as possible, preferably 1 mm or more, and 3 mm or less. The above is especially good. Here, the strength (torsion strength, bending strength, and the like) of the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 is ensured by the strength (rigidity) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to secure the door piece by the foam heat insulating material as in the past. In the case where polyurethane is used as the adhesive, as long as the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is ensured as described above, the thickness of the door can be made thin. Therefore, the internal volume of the library can become larger. Here, the glass door material is provided on the front surface of the storage compartment door sheets 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 of the refrigerating compartment door piece 7, etc., even if an adhesive is used between the glass surface material and the vacuum heat insulating material (for example, hard When the polyurethane foam is used as the intermediate member, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably about 11 mm or less (for example, preferably less than 10 mm), more preferably 6 mm or less, and it is preferable to satisfy the adhesive. The adhesion (adhesive property) makes it as thin as possible, preferably 1 mm or more, and more preferably 3 mm or more.

Here, as in the case of FIGS. 4 to 7, the first air passage assembly 762 as a covering material covering at least a part of the back surface of the storage compartment or the second recess 441 may include at least one portion forming the cold air passage 760. And covering at least a portion of the air passage covering portion of the cold air passage 760; extending from the air passage covering portion in the width direction (left-right direction or side wall 790 direction) and covering the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 At least a portion of the back cover portion; and a side cover portion that is coupled to the back cover portion or to the back cover portion and that covers at least a portion of the sidewall 790. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for mounting. Alternatively, the side cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In addition, the first air passage assembly 762, which is a cover portion covering at least a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment, may include at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or an air passage covering at least a portion of the cold air passage 760. a cover portion; a back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in the width direction (the left-right direction or the side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440; and being connected to the air passage cover portion or the air passage cover The portion is integrally formed and covers at least a portion of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the back wall 730, and the upper and lower walls extending forward from the upper end or the lower end of the back wall 730 Coverage. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for mounting. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held by the inner box 750 forming the partition wall 24 (including the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the rear surface wall 730 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In Fig. 9 and Fig. 10, the refrigerator 1 has a function as the uppermost section thereof. The refrigerating compartment 2 of the storage compartment of the left and right split type (or open and close type). An ice making chamber 3 and a switching chamber 4 as storage chambers are arranged side by side in the lower left and right sides of the refrigerator compartment 2. The lowermost stage of the refrigerator 1 is provided with a vegetable compartment 5 as a storage compartment, and on the top of the vegetable compartment 5, a freezing compartment 6 as a storage compartment is provided. The freezing compartment 6 is provided below the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, and above the vegetable compartment 5, that is, between the vegetable compartment 5 and the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side. An intermediate freezing type storage compartment arrangement of the freezing compartment 6 is provided.

In the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment, a storage storage space 21 for storing a storage (food or beverage, etc.) is provided, and the storage storage space 21 is provided with a plurality of resin or glass which is placed on the storage and storage. Shelf 80. Below the storage storage space 21 (below the lower shelf inner shelf), containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly sealed structure are used, which are used as cooling temperatures controlled at about +3 ° C to -3 ° C. The cooling chamber 2Y of the belt is controlled to the vegetable compartment 2X of the vegetable compartment temperature zone maintained at +3 ° C to + 5 ° C. The container 2X, 2Y of the slightly sealed structure can also be used as an egg chamber for storing eggs. Further, the containers 2X and 2Y of the slightly sealed structure have, for example, a drawer structure, and the container can be pulled out to take out and put the storage.

When a detachable lid is provided on the upper opening of the container having the upper opening of the upper surface, a container having a slightly closed structure can be constructed as a structure of the containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly closed structure. The lid may be provided on the side of the container, or may be provided on the shelf 80 or the partition wall provided on the upper portion of the container, or the shelf or the partition wall on the upper portion of the container may also serve as a cover.

In the present embodiment, the freezing compartment 6 is disposed in the vegetable compartment 5 and the intermediate freezing type between the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, because it is low. Since the greenhouse (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, and the freezing compartment 6) is close to each other, the heat insulating material between the low greenhouses is not required, and heat leakage is also small, so that an energy-saving and low-cost refrigerator can be provided.

In addition, as in the first aspect, the front side opening portion of the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment is provided with a left and right split type refrigerating compartment door piece 7 that can be opened and closed freely, and the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 is composed of two refrigerating compartments. The left side of the door piece 7A and the right side of the refrigerating room door piece 7B constitute a left and right split door piece. Of course, it is not a left-right split door, but a one-piece rotary door. The ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6 of the other storage compartments are respectively provided with a drawer type ice making compartment door piece 8 capable of opening and closing the opening of the ice making compartment 3, respectively. The drawer type switching chamber door piece 9 that opens and closes the opening of the switching chamber 4, the drawer type vegetable compartment door piece 10 that can open and close the opening of the vegetable compartment 5, and the opening portion of the freezing compartment 6 can be opened A drawer type freezer compartment door 11 that is freely opened and closed.

In addition, in any of the left and right refrigerating compartment door piece left 7A and the refrigerating compartment door piece right 7B of the refrigerating compartment 2 of the storage compartment, an operation switch for setting the temperature of the storage compartment or the like is provided (the compartment selection switch 60a, the temperature). With switch 60b, instant freeze switch 60c, ice switch 250d, water spray switch 60e, other function switches (such as eco mode switch or recommended switch for energy saving advice, network connection or set network settings / connection) The switch panel or the like) or the operation panel 60 that displays temperature information such as the temperature in the library or the set temperature, the operation information of the operation switch, the display information of the liquid crystal display unit, or the temperature information in the storage room are installed in the upper part of the back of the refrigerator ( The control unit 30 of the control substrate of the microcomputer or the like in the control substrate chamber 31 of the refrigerator compartment top surface (for example, the refrigerator compartment rear wall) or the refrigerator top surface (for example, the refrigerator compartment upper wall and the top wall) is controlled.

Further, the control device 30 has a receiving and receiving means such as an antenna, and the receiving and receiving means is provided in the control device (control substrate) 30 or the control substrate chamber 31 or the upper portion of the refrigerator 1 (in the vicinity of the control device 30 or in the control substrate chamber 31). Or the back surface of the refrigerator 1 (near the control device 30 or the inside of the control substrate chamber 31) or the side surface of the refrigerator 1 (near the control device 30 or the inside of the control substrate chamber 31). Therefore, the control device 30 can be connected by infrared connection or wireless connection or wired connection (wire connection or network route connection or LAN (Local Area Network) connection or USB (Universal Serial Bus connection), and configuration) External machine transmission and receiver information outside the refrigerator 1. Here, the external device of the refrigerator 1 is an external server or a mobile terminal (a mobile phone or a mobile information terminal or a portable computer, etc.) or an external external device (air-conditioning or television or other refrigerator or water heater or lighting or washing machine, etc.) )Wait. In addition, the machine information is the machine information of the refrigerator 1 (for example, the temperature or power consumption in the library or the operation history or the operation time of the cold machine or the operation information of the compressor (on, off, number of revolutions, current information, etc.)) or the refrigerator 1 Information other than information (such as weather forecast or disaster information (including earthquake information)) or the operation of other machines connected to the Internet or the amount of power consumed by the machine.

Here, the refrigerator 1 includes a time measuring means for measuring the operation time, and a memory means for memorizing the measured operation time or the accumulated operation time, and transmitting information of the predetermined standard use period (standard use time) and the accumulated operation time as machine information to An external server (for example, a cloud server or the like), whereby the ratio (ratio) of the actual integrated operation period (accumulated operation time) to the standard use period or the actual cumulative operation period (cumulative operation time) can be relative to Receive new purchases when the standard usage period exceeds the predetermined rate The old message is replaced and displayed on the operation panel 60 or the mobile terminal, or played out by sound. In addition, in the external device, the ratio (ratio) of the actual integrated operation period (accumulated operation time) to the standard use period or the actual cumulative operation period (cumulative operation time) can be exceeded with the predetermined period for the standard use period. When the ratio is received, a new and old message is received and displayed on the operation panel 60 or the mobile terminal, or the like.

In addition, because of the means of receiving and receiving, it is possible to transmit and receive external environmental information (weather forecast or disaster information, earthquake information or temperature information, etc.) or external machine information (other external equipment operating conditions or power consumption information, etc.) or electricity. , so it can receive information from the server or external machine to perform energy saving control, or display information of other machines. Further, by operating the operation panel 60 of the opening and closing flap provided on the front surface of the refrigerator 1, or an external mobile terminal, the information of the refrigerator 1 can be transmitted to an external server or other machine, or received from an external server or other machine. The information is displayed on the operation panel 60 or the mobile terminal or the like, or the machine such as a refrigerator is operated.

Further, in the case of a machine such as a refrigerator or a display case, when the storage compartment is cooled to a predetermined temperature (for example, -18 ° C in the case of a freezer compartment), the operation of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped, and the storage compartment is stored. The temperature will rise with time. Therefore, if the time measuring means and the temperature measuring means are provided, the information to be described later is stored in the memory means of the control device 30 as the initial temperature information before the user starts the use, such as when the user starts to use the product, and the storage room is cooled to the predetermined state. The temperature rise degree of the storage room temperature after the temperature of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped, or the elapsed time under the specific conditions such as the state in which the dampers 15 and 55 are closed, or the storage at the start of the measurement. The storage room temperature information, such as the difference between the indoor temperature (scheduled temperature) and the storage room temperature after a predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes), is transmitted from the memory means of the control device 30 to an external server or the like to be stored as The machine information can determine the deterioration of the heat insulation performance or the abnormality, and prompt the user to buy a new and old message to be displayed on the mobile terminal or the display device in the operation panel 60.

In other words, the state in which the operation of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped or the state of the switching chamber dampers 15 and 55 is closed after the user starts to use the product, such as when the user starts to use the container, before the user starts to use it, the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped. The temperature rise degree of the storage room temperature (the initial temperature rise degree) of the elapsed time under the specific conditions, or the storage room temperature (the predetermined temperature) at the start of the measurement and the storage room temperature after the predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes) The storage room temperature information such as the difference (initial temperature difference) is stored in the memory means of the control device 30 as the initial temperature information of each storage room, and the user transmits the information as machine information to an external device such as a server and memorizes it after using it. . Then, the temperature rise degree or the difference in the storage room temperature is periodically measured under the same conditions as the initial period, and this is transmitted as machine information to an external device such as an external server, and is combined with an external device such as a server. When the initial temperature information is compared, if it is within the allowable range, a signal indicating "no abnormality" is transmitted to the main body of the refrigerator or the like. If it is compared with the initial temperature information and it is known that it is out of the allowable range, a signal indicating "abnormality" is transmitted to the machine body or the mobile terminal of the refrigerator or the like, so that the machine body or the mobile terminal that receives the signal is displayed. An abnormal message such as deterioration in thermal insulation performance, or a message that prompts him to buy a new one.

In addition, the opening and closing door piece disposed in front of the refrigerator 1 can be operated The upper operation panel 60 or an external mobile terminal or the control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 automatically supplies power to an external device or switches to an external power source (for example, a solar power generation device or a rechargeable battery or a fuel cell, etc.) The power supply of the electric power supply machine or the electric power supply from the external machine is received to receive the electric power supply. In particular, when the power supply to the refrigerator 1 is stopped during a power failure or the like, the power supply source can be switched from the electric wire to the external power source by operating the mobile terminal or the computer, whereby the power supply to the refrigerator 1 can be performed. Therefore, if a refrigerator terminal 1 (or a device that can be connected to a network) is provided with a connection terminal that can be connected to a mobile device such as a mobile phone or a mobile terminal, or a computer, it is possible to perform a mobile phone or a mobile terminal. It is also possible to display or operate a mobile device such as a mobile phone or a computer, or to display or operate another device or external device such as a mobile phone or a mobile terminal.

Further, the refrigerator includes a main body portion having a storage space (for example, each storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, etc.) provided with an opening provided in the front case 750 and the outer case 710 of the refrigerator 1, and is freely available. When the opening and closing method closes the door piece (for example, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and the like) of the front opening portion of the storage space, information such as temperature information or machine control information is provided on the main body portion and the door piece, respectively. The transmitting and receiving means such as transmission and reception, power transmission, etc., if the main body and the door piece are connected by wireless or infrared rays to transmit and receive information or power, the door piece does not need to be connected to the main body portion in a wired manner, and therefore, The narrow entrance of the facade (for example, the entrance of a house with a narrow facade) can be removed from the main body when the refrigerator is transported indoors or the like, and can be installed in a house with a narrow facade. In addition, when shipping from the factory, the door piece and the main body part can be bundled and transported separately, and the weight is lightened, so that the conveyance is easy. In addition, even the door and body parts It is separated, and power can be transmitted and received between the door piece and the body portion, so that the operation power of the operation panel provided in front of the door piece can be obtained, and machine information can also be performed between the door piece and the body part. Since the operation signal or the control signal of the machine is transmitted and received, the operation of the main unit (compressor 12, fan 14, damper 15, 55, etc.) can be performed, stopped, and other control operations when the operation panel of the door is operated. .

The compressor 12 is disposed in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion (or the upper portion of the back surface) of the back surface of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is configured as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle and disposed in the machine room 1A, and functions to compress the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is depressurized in a pressure reducing device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 is a single unit that constitutes a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, and is disposed in the cooler chamber 131 formed in the refrigerating compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, or the back wall of the freezing compartment 6. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic action at the time of evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan (in-chamber fan) 14 is disposed beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and cools the cold air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cold air passage (for example, the cold air passage 16 or the cold air of the refrigerating chamber) The roads 50, 760, and the like are blown to the respective chambers (the refrigerator compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6) which are the plurality of storage compartments of the refrigerator 1.

Further, as in the first embodiment, a defrosting heater 150 as a defrosting means for performing defrosting of the cooler 13 is provided below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131, in the cooler 13 and A heater top plate 151 is disposed between the frost heaters 150 on the upper portion of the defrosting heater 150 so that the cooler 13 drops The lower defrosted water does not directly drip into the defrosting heater 150.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be a combined heater integrated with the cooler 13 . Alternatively, a glass tube type heater and a combination type heater may be used in combination. The defrosted water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrosted water falling on the heater top plate 151 is dropped in the cooler chamber 131 and discharged to the outside of the refrigerator by the defrosting water discharge port 155 provided below the cooler chamber 131 ( For example, it is provided in an evaporation tray of the machine room 1A, etc.).

The switching chamber damper 15 as the air volume adjusting means adjusts the amount of cold air blown by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to the switching chamber 4 serving as the storage compartment by controlling the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature or A device that switches the set temperature of the switching chamber 4 . The cold air cooled in the cooler 13 passes through the cold air path 16 and is blown into the switching chamber 4. Further, this cold air passage 16 is disposed downstream of the switching chamber damper 15.

In addition, the refrigerating compartment damper 55, which is the air volume adjusting means, adjusts the amount of cold air that is blown by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment, and controls the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature. A device for changing the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment 2. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the cold air path 16 and the cold air path 50, 760, and is blown into the refrigerator compartment 2.

For example, the switching chamber 4 as a storage compartment is a compartment (storage room) for selecting a temperature in a storage compartment from a plurality of stages between a freezing temperature zone (-17 ° C or less) and a vegetable compartment temperature zone (3 to 10 ° C). By operating the operation panel 60 provided in either of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the refrigerator 1 or an external mobile terminal or the like, it is possible to select or switch the storage compartment temperature.

In addition, on the inner side wall surface of the switching chamber 4, for example, it is provided for use. The switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 (the same as the third drawing) of the first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature of the switching chamber 4 is, for example, the top surface (the center portion, the front portion, Or a thermopile 22 as a second temperature detecting means for directly detecting the surface temperature of the storage object placed in the switching chamber 4 of the storage compartment, as in the third drawing, Or an infrared sensor). The switching chamber damper 15 is turned on/off according to the detection temperature of the switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 as the first temperature detecting means (or the detected temperature of the thermopile 22), whereby it is controlled by the control device 30 to perform The adjustment is such that the temperature of the switching chamber 4 becomes the selected temperature band or enters the set temperature range. Further, the temperature of the food as the storage of the switching chamber 4 is directly detected by the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detecting means.

(water mist supply device)

a partition wall 51 (a rear wall 730, a first air passage unit 762 as an air passage covering portion) on the back side (back side) of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2), or a storage compartment (for example, a refrigerating compartment 2) The partition wall behind the back wall of the container in the lower portion of the storage storage space 21 (for example, the slightly closed container 2X or 2Y) or the back partition wall or the upper partition wall 24 in the storage room (for example, the vegetable compartment 5). An electrostatic water mist device 200 as a water mist device 200 for supplying water mist into the storage chamber is provided.

The electrostatic water mist device 200 has at least a discharge electrode, supplies water to the discharge electrode or generates water to the discharge electrode, and applies a voltage to the discharge electrode, thereby generating water at the discharge electrode. The water supply to the discharge electrode may be such that the condensed water is generated in the discharge electrode thermally connected to the heat radiation portion by cooling the heat radiation portion. Or in the case where the heat radiating portion and the discharge electrode are not thermally coupled, the heat radiating portion is The condensed water generated by the cooling can be supplied to the discharge electrode. (The discharge electrode may have a structure that also serves as a heat absorbing portion. In this case, the heat radiation portion and the discharge electrode are thermally connected, and the heat radiation portion is cooled to cause condensed water to be generated at the discharge electrode). Further, the electrostatic water mist device 200 includes at least a discharge electrode and an electrode holding portion that holds or houses the discharge electrode, and applies a voltage to the discharge electrode to generate a water mist. In the case of a water supply means for supplying water to the discharge electrode, water is supplied to the discharge electrode by a water supply means, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode, whereby a water mist may be generated. Here, a water storage tank capable of storing water, a heat exchanger (for example, a cooler 13), or the like can be used as the water supply means. When the water supply means is the cooler 13, the defrosted water generated by the cooler 13 is stored by the container 152 disposed in the cooler chamber 131, and the water in the container can be supplied to the discharge electrode by capillary action or the like. . Here, when the counter electrode is provided, the generation of the water mist is relatively stable, but the gas may be discharged even if there is no counter electrode.

Here, the discharge electrode is provided in the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2), and when the cold air passage is provided in the partition wall provided with the water mist device 200, if it is provided as a heat radiating portion and a partition wall provided in the storage chamber The air passage wall of the cold air passage (for example, the rear or upper or lower side or the side) is directly in contact with or indirectly through the heat transfer member, or is disposed to penetrate the air passage wall to protrude into the air conditioner. In the air passage, the heat radiating portion can be cooled by the cold air in the cold air passage, and the condensed water is generated at the discharge electrode thermally connected to the heat radiating portion, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode to generate a water mist.

It is also possible to use other adjacent storage compartments (for example, the freezing compartment 6) provided on the opposite side of the storage compartment (for example, the vegetable compartment 5) with respect to the partition wall in which the storage compartment (upper or lower or side) of the water mist device 200 is disposed. Air conditioning inside, In order to cool the heat release portion. In this case, the heat radiation portion may be disposed to contact the bottom wall or the upper wall of the other storage chamber (for example, the freezing chamber) from the storage chamber side. (The mist device 200 may be disposed in any one of the compartments as long as it is a storage compartment, and may be disposed in a storage compartment or a container of the refrigerator compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the cooling compartments 2X, 2Y, etc. The water mist device 200 In the case of the rear wall, a partition wall constituting a part of the rear wall provided between the storage compartment and the cooling compartment may be provided (between two adjacent storage compartments having a temperature difference (for example, The water mist device 200 is disposed on the storage compartment side of the high temperature side of the partition plate between the freezing compartments 6 of the storage compartments of the storage compartments on the high temperature side, which is adjacent to the vegetable compartment 5, and the one end of the heating section is opposite to the discharge electrodes. The side end portion is placed in contact with the partition plate of the other storage chamber to utilize the low-temperature cold air of the storage chamber on the low temperature side (using the temperature difference between the storage chamber on the high temperature side and the storage chamber on the low temperature side) to cool the heat radiating portion. )

As shown in FIG. 10, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back surface, the upper surface, and the bottom surface of the refrigerator 1. Further, although not shown, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided on the side surface, the partition wall 24, and the door piece. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface is directly attached to the outer casing 710 by a foamed heat insulating material which is an adhesive for the main purpose, as shown in Fig. 8, at least in the range of the concave portion 440. The inner box 750 can be made of an adhesive polyurethane foam as an adhesive. If a rigid polyurethane foam is used, the foam density can be appropriately adjusted even in a narrow flow path ( For example, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, etc., it can also be filled without being missing and uniformly. In addition, a rigid polyurethane foam is suitable as an adhesive to be adhered in a narrow flow path, and a rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive.

In the use of rigid polyurethane foam mainly as a sticky In the case of a coating agent, it is not necessary to consider the low heat insulating performance due to the thinning of the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, and therefore, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam can be made constant. Below the thickness, the thickness of the wall surface (for example, the back wall) can be made thinner, and the volume in the storage chamber can be increased. When a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the adhesive, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 11 mm or less (e.g., preferably 10 mm or less), more preferably 6 mm or less, and the adhesive is satisfied as long as it is sufficient. The adhesion (adhesive property) of the agent is such that the thinner the better, the above thickness (for example, preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more). If it is thinner than 1 mm, the thickness of the adhesive cannot absorb the roughness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the unevenness of the outer covering material), and the convex portion of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 directly contacts the inner box 750 and cannot adhere. In the case where the rigid polyurethane foam is used as the adhesive, if the adhesive is too thin, the adhesive strength may be lowered. Therefore, it is preferably a predetermined thickness or more.

Of course, in the case where a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the heat insulating performance is not obtained, and although it is inferior to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the heat insulating property as a heat insulating material can be obtained. In other words, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered to the outer case 710 or the inner case 750, if the rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the heat insulating effect of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be obtained, and the heat insulating effect can be obtained. Insulation effect caused by polyurethane. Further, a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 can increase the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam without providing the weight of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, thereby improving the thickness. Thermal insulation properties. In addition, a rigid polyurethane having self-adhesiveness can be used as an adhesive between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710. because Thereby, the strength of the casing of the heat insulating box 700 is improved and the heat insulating performance is improved.

The cold air generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 passes through the cold air circulation fan 14 , through the cold air passage 16 , the refrigerating chamber damper 55 as the air volume adjusting means, and the refrigerating compartment cold air formed as the second air passage unit. The air passage 760 is supplied into the refrigerator compartment 2 (including the slightly sealed containers 2X and 2Y) by the cold air supply port 768 provided in the first air passage module 762. The cold air cooled by the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment is returned to the cooler compartment 131 through the refrigerating compartment return air passage 410. However, a part of the cold air sent back to the air duct 410 by the refrigerating compartment may be supplied to the vegetable compartment. 5. In this case, the cold air cooled in the vegetable compartment 5 is sent back to the cooler chamber 131 through the vegetable compartment and returned to the air passage 430. The cold air supply to the vegetable compartment 5 can be cooled by returning cold air which has cooled the other storage compartments, such as the refrigerator compartment 2 or the switching chamber 4, and the temperature has risen, but it can also generate by the cooler 13 of the cooler chamber 131. The air-conditioning is directly cooled.

The cold air sent to the ice making chamber 3 or the switching chamber 4 passes through the cooling air 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 through the cooling air passage 16 and the refrigerating chamber damper 15 as the air volume adjusting device by the operation of the cooling air circulation fan 14. The switching chamber is supplied by the cold air duct 17, and is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the ice making chamber return air passage (not shown) or the switching chamber return air passage (not shown). The cold air sent to the freezer compartment 6 is supplied through the cold air duct 16 and the freezer air duct 18 through the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131, and is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the freezer return air passage 420.

The water mist supply to the storage chamber may be such that the water mist device 200 is energized or stopped simultaneously with the opening or closing of the cooling air circulation fan 14 or with a time shift or interlocking. Further, in the case where water mist is supplied to a plurality of storage rooms, a damper device (for example, a switching chamber damper 15 or a refrigerating chamber damper 55 or a vegetable room wind) is used. a door or a freezer damper, etc.) to carry out water mist of the first storage compartment (for example, the vegetable compartment 5 or the refrigerating compartment 2) and the second storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2 or the freezing compartment 6 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4, etc.) Switching of supply. For example, in the case where at least a part of the water mist device 200 is housed in a recess of a partition wall of an upper portion of a first storage compartment (for example, a vegetable compartment), the water mist supply unit that communicates with the recessed portion is provided in the partition wall. In the airway, when the vegetable compartment damper is opened, the water mist in the recess passes through the air passage for supplying the mist in the partition wall, and passes through the first cold air passage (for example, the vegetable room is returned to the air passage, etc.), the cooler chamber, The second cold air passage is supplied to the second storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment), and when the vegetable compartment damper is closed, the cold air is not supplied to the vegetable compartment, so that the water mist in the recess is supplied to the first storage compartment by gravity ( For example, in the vegetable room). At this time, the second cold air passage can be used as the cold air passage 760 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator compartment 2. Further, the supply of the water mist to the first storage chamber and the supply of the water mist to the second storage chamber can be switched by opening and closing of the damper device. Alternatively, instead of the damper device, the switching of the air-conditioning cycle fan 14 may be performed.

Further, it may be mixed with cold air in the concave portion, and the cold air containing the water mist may be supplied to the first storage chamber, and a part of the cold air containing the mist supplied to the first storage chamber may be transmitted through the partition wall (for example, The air path of the upper partition wall or the side partition wall (for example, the return air path to the cooler chamber) is returned to the cooler chamber, and the cold air containing the mist is supplied to the second storage chamber through the cooler chamber. The air passage provided in the partition wall may be formed by a cover portion provided to cover at least a part or all of the recessed portion of the water mist device 200 (atomizing device), or may be formed by another component or may be disposed at The interior of the dividing wall. Here, at least one of a cold air inlet and a cold air outlet may be provided in the covering portion.

(Wide-bandgap semiconductor)

In the control substrate chamber 31, a control device 30 is provided, a semiconductor component such as a switch component or a diode assembly is provided, and a wide bandgap semiconductor is used in at least a part of the semiconductor component of the inverter drive circuit or the like. In addition, the control device 30 may be equipped with only a semiconductor component (which may have only a wide bandgap semiconductor), and may also control, for example, a related component such as a transformer or a relay or a converter or a power reactor or a capacitor or a current detecting component. At least one of them is mounted at the same time as the semiconductor component.

In the present embodiment, a wide-gap semiconductor is used as a semiconductor component mounted on the control device 30 (for example, a semiconductor for inverter drive circuit for driving control such as the compressor 12, the compressor cooling fan, or the cooling air circulation fan 14 or the like. ). In the semiconductor device mounted on the control device 30, for example, an inverter drive circuit, a semiconductor such as bismuth (Si) is generally used as the base semiconductor. However, in the present embodiment, a wide gap semiconductor is used, for example, ruthenium carbide is used. (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), diamond, aluminum gallium nitride (AlGaN) or the like is used as a wide gap semiconductor.

Wide-gap semiconductors (for example, tantalum carbide (SiC), gallium nitride, gallium nitride (GaN), etc.) have the following two advantages over bismuth (Si) semiconductors. One of the advantages is that the loss of the assembly is small and high temperature operation is possible. Si has a large amount of heat, and it is difficult to operate because the semiconductor performance is low at 100 ° C to 200 ° C. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a heat-dissipating fan (heat radiator) to radiate heat through the air, so it is necessary to use a storage volume for mounting the fan. And space for heat release. On the other hand, a wide-gap semiconductor (for example, SiC) has a small switching loss in its module, which can save energy, and at the same time, it is less likely to be inferior in performance below 300 ° C. Therefore, it can be in a machine room 1A or the like. High temperature environment Used in. In addition, since the performance is not easily lowered at 300 ° C or lower, there is a possibility that the fan for heat dissipation is not required, or the fan for heat release can be made relatively small (the height or the size is reduced, and the size is reduced, and the size is reduced). .

A second advantage is that the thickness of the device constituting the semiconductor component can be reduced. A wide-gap semiconductor (for example, SiC or GaN) has a large dielectric breakdown strength, so that the semiconductor has a large withstand voltage (the withstand voltage is 10 times that of 矽 (Si)), and therefore, the thickness of the semiconductor device can be reduced (thinning) ) to 1/10. In the present embodiment, by using a wide-gap semiconductor having such characteristics, it is possible to realize a large size reduction, a reduction in the size of the inverter drive circuit module, or a good structure in which no heat release environment is required, and therefore, The design has a large degree of freedom and is obtained in a high quality refrigerator in a high temperature environment.

Since a wide-gap semiconductor is used in a semiconductor device such as an inverter drive circuit unit mounted on the control device 30, the dielectric strength of the dielectric breakdown is large and the withstand voltage is large, so that the thickness and the size can be reduced (compared to 矽, 矽1/10). Further, even if it is operated at a high temperature of 300 ° C, the heat radiation fan (heat radiator) for cooling the semiconductor module can be made very small. Therefore, in the past, in the state in which the control device 30 is mounted, the semiconductor component of the inverter drive circuit module in which the radiator of a very high height is provided by another control connection unit or the like is used in the present embodiment by using a wide energy gap. The semiconductor can make the height or size (longitudinal or lateral width) of the heat radiator and the inverter drive circuit component very small (lower or smaller), and therefore can be reduced to the same or smaller than that of the control device 30. Other control related components in the state (such as power reactors or capacitors or transformers or current detection components, etc.).

Here, in the portion where the control substrate chamber 31 is disposed, The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also directly attached to the outer case 710 or the control substrate chamber 31 by an adhesive, and the rigid polyurethane foam has a predetermined thickness (for example, preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and Preferably, it is 11 mm or less, and it is preferable that it is 6 mm or less, and it fills in between the vacuum heat insulation material 400 and the inner tank 750 as an adhesive agent.

In the present embodiment, the control substrate chamber 31 is provided on the upper surface of the refrigerator 1 and is insulated by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, it is used in a semiconductor component such as an inverter drive circuit unit. In the wide-gap semiconductor, it is not necessary to cover the periphery of the control substrate chamber 31 with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 or the polyurethane heat insulating material, and the control substrate chamber 31 is exposed to a high temperature environment. Further, when a wide gap semiconductor is used in a semiconductor package such as an inverter drive circuit unit, the control substrate chamber 31 can be disposed in the machine room 1A in a high temperature environment. Compared with the conventional Si semiconductor, the wide bandgap semiconductor can operate without failing even in a high temperature environment, and therefore, there is no problem in covering the control substrate chamber 31 with a heat insulating material. In addition, even when the control substrate chamber 31 is placed in the machine room 1A in a high-temperature environment, it is not necessary to provide a heat insulating material or the like around the control substrate chamber 31 to prevent heat from being turned on in the control substrate chamber 31. Since the temperature is high, it is possible to simplify the pattern of the control substrate chamber, and it is possible to obtain a low-cost compressor or machine. Further, since it is not necessary to insulate the control substrate chamber 31, the height of the size of the control substrate chamber 31 can be reduced by the thickness (or the end material or depth thereof) of the heat insulating material to be miniaturized, and therefore, By directly adhering the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the control substrate chamber 31 with the adhesive to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, it is not necessary to fill the polyurethane as a heat insulating material, and therefore, it is possible to reduce the provision of the control substrate. The wall of the chamber 31 (such as the upper wall or The thickness of the wall surface of the back wall or the like can increase the volume of the storage chamber (inside volume).

In addition, since the control substrate chamber 31 can be provided in the space around the compressor 12 (for example, the upper space or the side space (or the surrounding space) of the terminal box of the compressor 12) that cannot be installed due to the space relationship, The degree of freedom (design freedom) of the control substrate chamber 31 is increased, and a machine such as a refrigerator or an air conditioner that can effectively utilize the space in the machine room 1A can be obtained.

(use of defrosting heater and defrosting water)

The compressor 12 is disposed in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion (or the uppermost portion of the back surface) of the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is configured as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle and disposed in the machine room 1A, and functions to compress the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is depressurized in a pressure reducing device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 is a single unit constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, and is disposed in the cooler chamber 131. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic action at the time of evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 is disposed beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and blows the cold air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cold air passage (for example, the cold air passage 16 or the refrigerating chamber cold air passage 50, etc.). It goes to each of the plurality of storage compartments of the refrigerator 1 (refrigeration chamber 2, ice making compartment 3, switching compartment 4, vegetable compartment 5, and freezing compartment 6).

A defrosting heater 150 (defrosting) as a defrosting means for performing defrosting of the cooler 13 is provided below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131 A glass tube heater, such as a carbon heater, uses a carbon fiber having a wavelength of 0.2 μm to 4 μm transmitted through a quartz glass tube in a quartz glass tube. A heater top plate 151 is provided between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 on the upper portion of the defrosting heater 150 so that the defrosted water dropped by the cooler 13 does not directly drop to the defrosting heater 150. When a heater of a black medium such as a carbon heater is used in the defrosting heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the surface temperature can be made low ( 70 ° C ~ 80 ° C), when a flammable refrigerant (for example, a hydrocarbon refrigerant such as isobutane) is used for the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of ignition can be reduced even if the refrigerant leaks. . In addition, compared with the nichrome wire heater, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the frost attached to the cooler 13 is slowly melted, and the frost is not easily formed into a block. Since the whole piece is dropped, it is possible to reduce the falling sound when it falls to the heater top plate 151, and it is possible to provide a refrigerator which is low in noise and excellent in defrosting efficiency.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be a combined heater integrated with the cooler 13 . Alternatively, a glass tube type heater and a combination type heater may be used in combination. The defrosted water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrosted water falling on the heater top plate 151 falls in the cooler chamber and passes through the defrosting water receiving portion 154 provided below the cooler chamber 131 and is defrosted water discharge port 155. It is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator (for example, an evaporation tray or the like provided in the machine room 1A).

Here, in the case of providing two coolers (evaporators) for the freezer compartment cooler and the refrigerating compartment cooler, the refrigerating compartment cooler can be set to have a higher evaporating temperature than the freezer compartment cooler. Therefore, there is less frost attached to the cooler. Therefore, the defrosting heater 150 is not required, so there is no need to add Heater top plate 151. Therefore, the defrosted water generated by the cooler 13 is directly dropped to the defrosting water receiving portion 154 provided in the lower portion of the cooler chamber 131 in the cooler chamber, and is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator by the defrosting water discharge port 155 (for example, setting In the evaporation chamber of the machine room 1A, etc.).

In the case of providing two coolers (evaporators) for the cooler for the freezer compartment and the cooler for the refrigerator compartment, the back of the storage compartment or the vegetable compartment 5 behind the lower portion of the refrigerator compartment 2 (slightly closed containers 2X, 2Y) Since the refrigerating compartment cooler is provided on the back surface, the water mist device 200 is provided on the rear surface of the storage accommodation space of the refrigerating compartment 2 or the back surface of the storage compartment rear side of the slightly closed containers 2X and 2Y or the back of the vegetable compartment 5. Wall and so on. The defrosted water generated by the cooler for the refrigerating compartment can be used as the water supply means of the water mist device 200, and the container for defrosting water generated by the cooler for storing the refrigerating compartment can be disposed instead of being disposed in the cooler chamber 131. The heater top plate 151 below the cooler 13 is sufficient. In this case, in the case where the water is filled out of the water discharge port container provided in the upper portion of the container, if the full water is discharged from the defrosted water discharge port 155 to the outside of the refrigerator, it is not necessary to process the upper portion of the container. Water overflowing from the water outlet container. Therefore, it is preferable that the container provided in the cooler chamber 131 is provided below the refrigerator compartment cooler and above the defrosting water discharge port 155. Further, the discharge electrode of the water mist device 200 is positioned above the container, at the same height as the refrigerator for the refrigerator (the front side of the cooler) or between the cooler and the container for the refrigerator. When the water in the container is supplied to the discharge electrode by capillary action, the water supply path can be shortened.

The water mist device 200, as shown in the figure, is provided such that at least a portion thereof is housed in an upper wall of the vegetable compartment 5 provided below the freezing compartment 6, In the recessed portion of the partition wall 24), condensed water is generated in the heat radiating portion by the cold air in the other storage chamber (freezer chamber 6) provided in the upper portion of the storage chamber (vegetable chamber 5) provided with the water mist device 200, and the condensed water is used. A voltage is applied to the discharge electrode, whereby the discharge electrode may generate a water mist.

In the ninth and tenth drawings, the storage indoor lighting device 900 is provided, for example, on the top wall (upper wall) 740 of the inner wall of the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment, and is composed of a plurality of LEDs. Here, the lighting device 900 may be disposed in the side wall 790, the bottom wall 780, or the partition wall 24 in the storage compartment. The plurality of LEDs of the illuminating device 900 are disposed closer to the front side of the refrigerator 1 than the front edge of the shelf 80, and can be illuminate the storage room from above to below without being covered by the shelf 80. In addition, at least one of the plurality of LEDs of the illumination device 900 has an optical axis configured to be illuminating the door panel (such as the refrigerator door panel 7) when the storage compartment door piece (such as the refrigerating compartment door panel 7) is opened. In the case of the door pocket portion, even if the periphery of the refrigerator 1 is slightly dark at night, the door pocket portion can be irradiated not only in the storage chamber, but also the refrigerator that is easy for the user to use can be obtained.

In the above description, the cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 of the storage compartment is formed by another component (for example, the first air passage component 762) of the inner casing 750 forming the recess 440. However, the cold air passage 760 may be formed. The first air passage module 762 is formed or formed to be integral with the inner box 750. In this case, the inner box at the position of the center portion in the width direction (left-right direction) of the recessed portion 440 formed in the inner box 750 of the rear wall 730 is formed so as to form a cross-sectional arc shape (or an arch shape or The protruding portion of the U-shaped shape may protrude from the protruding portion in place of the first air passage module 762. Moreover, the space between the arcuate (or arched or U-shaped) projection formed by the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made Used as a cold air path 760. When it is difficult to form the cold air passage 760 by the arc-shaped projecting portion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the second wind having a cross-sectional elliptical shape or the like can be provided in the space between the protruding portion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Road component 764. As described above, when the inner air box 750 is used instead of the first air passage unit 762, the first air passage unit 762 is not required, and it is not necessary to assemble the first air passage unit to the inner box 750 or the like, and the assemblability can be improved. A highly insulated housing, refrigerator, and machine with a low number of components and low cost.

(Other heat insulation cabinets, refrigerators)

Fig. 11 is a front sectional view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 12 is a rear view showing the heat insulating box. In addition, Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box viewed from the front side. Fig. 14 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box viewed from the back side (rear side). Figure 22 shows a rear view of another insulated enclosure. The parts corresponding to those in the first to tenth drawings are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is an article that is actually disposed in the in-wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. However, in FIG. 12, in order to make the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall of the refrigerator 1 easy to understand, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown through the back surface of the outer case 710 (that is, it is indicated by a solid line). Vacuum insulation material 400). In addition, in Fig. 13, the illustration of the track 755 is omitted.

The refrigerator 1 includes a heat insulating box 700 composed of, for example, an outer case 710 made of metal and an inner box 750 made of, for example, a resin. Further, the wall inner space 315 (for example, the top surface, the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, and the bottom surface portion of the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulating box 700) formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is disposed (filled) as a heat insulating material. A rigid polyurethane foam and/or vacuum insulation 400.

The heat insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 of the first embodiment is formed The shape of the bottomed corner cylinder (slightly rectangular parallelepiped shape) closed to the top surface, the bottom surface, and the side surface is a shape having an opening portion having an opening at the front portion. Moreover, the heat insulating box 700 is partitioned into a plurality of storage chambers by, for example, a plurality of partition walls 24 (two sheets in the drawing) (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2, the ice making chamber 3, the switching chamber 4, the vegetable chamber 5, and the freezing Room 6, etc.). The sheet metal covering portion 34 (for example, a thickness of 0.5 mm or more) formed of sheet metal on the front side is attached to the partition walls 24 by a fixing member such as a screw. The sheet metal covering portion 34 is fixed to the heat insulating box 700 by a screw or the like, whereby the partition wall 24 is attached to the heat insulating box 700. In this manner, the partition wall 24 is attached to the heat insulating box 700 using the sheet metal covering portion 34, and the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved.

Further, in the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, in the storage room such as the refrigerating compartment 2, the vegetable compartment 5, or the freezing compartment 6, a side wall 790 is formed to support the layer provided in the storage compartment. A rail portion (e.g., a track or rail retaining portion) 755 of the rack 80 or a drawer type storage compartment (e.g., a drawer type door or a drawer type box, etc.).

The heat insulating box 700 having such a configuration is manufactured as will be described later. First, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered and fixed to the outer case 710 with a second adhesive. Then, the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 are fixed by, for example, a jig or an adhesive in a state where a wall space (a space formed between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750) 315 is provided. Then, as shown in Fig. 14, the raw material (stock solution) of the liquid rigid polyurethane foam is placed on the back side in the width direction from the back side of the heat insulating box 700. The injection ports 703 and 704 of a plurality of polyurethanes are injected and integrally foamed in the space 315, and are filled in the wall space 315 with a rigid polyurethane foam.

In the present embodiment, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 or the side wall 790 or the door piece (7, 8, 9, 10, 11), etc.), the polyurethane is used. The main purpose of the acid ester is not to act as a heat insulating material but to act as an adhesive. In other words, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the heat insulating performance is ensured by setting the coverage or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more. For example, in a part or the whole range of the concave portion 440, for example, a rigid polyurethane coated or filled in a space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is used as a main purpose for adhesion function. The adhesive, therefore, the adhesive applied to or filled in the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the wall (the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1) and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710), as long as it can satisfy the adhesive Adhesive strength (adhesive strength, adhesive performance) can be used, and the quality of the adhesive (peeling or deformation) due to the adhesive material does not occur when the product is applied, so the thickness of the adhesive is thin. Preferably, it is preferably about 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), and preferably about 6 mm or less.

In addition, in order to satisfy the adhesive force (adhesive property) as an adhesive, and to ensure that the strength of the case is equal to or greater than a predetermined value when the adhesive is adhered, the adhesive thickness of the adhesive must be equal to or greater than a predetermined thickness, preferably 1 mm or more. Here, even if there is unevenness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 or surface unevenness of the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710), a slight full coating of the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box (or the outer box) or The adhesive is filled so that the adhesive is slightly covered with a portion of the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710). Therefore, it is preferably 3 mm or more. .

Here, it is not limited to the concave portion 440 provided on the back wall, and the rear wall In the other portion of the 730 or the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24, etc., the portion opposite to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, like the concave portion 440, can be vacuumed The heat insulating material 400 and the wall surface (the inner box 750 or the outer box 710 or the partition wall) are directly adhered, and the inner wall space 315 can be ensured as a predetermined thickness of the adhesive. Therefore, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 11 mm or less (e.g., less than 10 mm), preferably 6 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or more, and particularly preferably 3 mm or more.

Here, the injection ports 703 and 704 filled with the raw material of the foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane are provided on the back side of the heat insulating box 700, so that the heat is opposed to the positions of the injection ports 703 and 704. In the space inside the casing 700 (the space between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750) 315, it is necessary to fill the polyurethane foam from the injection ports 703 and 704, and it is difficult to arrange the vacuum heat insulating material 400. (If the vacuum heat insulating material 400 interferes with the injection ports 703 and 704, it is difficult to inject the polyurethane stock solution.) Therefore, in the present embodiment, on the back side of the heat insulating box 700, as shown in Fig. 12 It is to be noted that a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in addition to the portion opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704 (in order to prevent the vacuum heat insulating material 400 from interfering with the injection ports 703 and 704, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the injection ports 703 and 704 are provided. A notch portion (opening or notch) 33) is provided at a relative position. For example, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a notch at a portion opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704 is used, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed so that the notch portion 33 is hollowed out at a portion opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704 without Prevents the filling and flow of polyurethane.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 is, for example, not a single body, but is divided into a plurality of (for example, two to three) and arranged side by side, as long as the inlet and the injection port 703, 704 are provided. Opposite part configuration with and injection The vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the notch portion 33 such as the notch or the opening of the mouth 703 or 704 may be slightly larger or larger. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not need to be divided, and may be one vacuum heat insulating material 400. As long as the polyurethane filled with the injection ports 703, 704 is not inhibited or hindered from flowing into the necessary portion of the heat insulating box 700, a vacuum may be provided in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to form a gap or opening. Insulation material 400.

In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a notch portion 33 in at least one of the four corner portions having a substantially rectangular shape, and the notch portion 33 is disposed to face the injection ports 703 and 704. In the state in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the heat insulating box 700, the notch portion 33 is formed at a corner portion facing the injection port 703, 704, and the notch portion formed at the corner portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed. The portion 33 opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704 is disposed so that the injection ports 703 and 704 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 do not interfere with each other, whereby the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased and the distance can be avoided. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is placed in the inlets 703 and 704 (the raw liquid of the rigid polyurethane foam can be injected without being hindered by the vacuum heat insulating material 400). Therefore, it is possible to increase the ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material arrangement area to the outer surface area of the back wall of the heat insulating box or the heat insulating box, and it is also possible to increase the ratio of the box and the outer box forming the box. Since the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material (the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material) of the volume of the space between the inner boxes is improved, the heat insulating performance of the refrigerator or the heat insulating box can be improved. When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in such a configuration, it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 which is excellent in heat insulating performance and can secure the strength of the box. Here, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided with the notch portion 33, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed as long as the injection ports 703 and 704 are avoided. (The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at a position that does not interfere with the injection ports 703, 704, that is, can. )

Here, it is preferable that the injection ports 703, 704 are located between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 which form the side wall 790.

The formation positions of the injection ports 703 and 704 are merely examples, and may be appropriately formed by fitting the heat insulating box 700, that is, the shape of the wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. Therefore, the positions at which the injection ports 703 and 704 are provided may be formed on any one of the side surfaces (the left side surface, the right side surface, the front surface, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, and the like) in accordance with the shape of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1.

Fig. 22 is a rear elevational view showing the heat insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The parts that are the same as in the first to the first to the first and fourth, and the description are omitted. In Fig. 22, in the same manner as in Fig. 12, in order to make the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 easy to understand, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown through the back surface of the outer casing 710 (i.e., The vacuum heat insulating material 400) is indicated by a solid line.

In Fig. 22, filling ports (injections) 703 and 704 such as filled or injected rigid polyurethane foam disposed on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 are provided in the lower portion of the back surface of the heat insulating box 700. Or four positions near the four corners of the back wall portion of the machine room 1A on the back side (near the four corners). The arrangement positions of the filling ports (injecting ports) 703 and 704 are set at a predetermined distance (in the width direction inner end position) Y1 from the left end or the right end of the heat insulating box 700 in the width direction, or from the upper end in the up and down direction or The lower end or the end of the machine room 1A is at a predetermined distance (upper and lower direction inner end position) Y2. Here, the thickness (wall thickness) of the side wall 790 is T1 mm, and the length of the filling port in the width direction (at When the diameter is "r1", the predetermined distance (the inner end position in the width direction) Y1 of the injection ports 703, 704 in the width direction is preferably T1 + r1 or less so that the filling port (injection port) 703, 704 is preferable. When a filler such as polyurethane is filled, a filler such as polyurethane can be smoothly flowed into the side wall 790. For example, when the thickness of the side wall 790 is 20 mm to 50 mm and the diameter of the filling port is 25 mm to 50 mm, if the filling ports 703 and 704 are disposed at a predetermined distance T01 mm (for example, 10 mm) from the end of the side wall 790, the predetermined distance Y1 is set. It is preferably T01+r1 or more and T1+r1 or less, and therefore it is preferably 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

Further, the thickness (wall thickness) of the heat insulating partition wall separating the storage room from the top wall or the bottom wall or the machine room is T2 mm, and the length of the vertical direction of the filling port (diameter in the case of a circle) is r2. The predetermined distance (the up-and-down direction inner end position) Y2 of the inlets 703 and 704 in the vertical direction is preferably T2+r2 or less, so that the fillers such as polyurethane are filled from the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704. In this case, the filler such as polyurethane can be smoothly flowed into the top wall or the bottom wall or the partition wall. The thickness of the top wall or the bottom wall is 20 mm to 50 mm, and the diameter of the filling ports 703 and 704 is 25 mm. 50 mm, when the filling ports 703 and 704 are disposed at a predetermined distance T02 mm (for example, 10 mm) from the end of the wall surface, the predetermined distance Y2 is T02+r2 or more and T2+r2 or less. Therefore, it is 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less. good.

Here, the predetermined distance T01 (or T02) is the distance at which the injection ports 703, 704 can be processed when the outer casing 710 performs the hole processing of the injection ports 703, 704 (for example, the injection port does not interfere with the outer plate forming the outer wall of the side wall 790). Further, the distance between the injection ports 703 and 704 during the processing of the injection ports 703 and 704 does not cause a distance such as breakage or deformation of the injection ports 703 and 704, or the distance between the heat insulating material or the adhesive such as polyurethane is not inhibited. The distance from (for example, the flow of the raw liquid of the polyurethane or the like is not disturbed by the outer plate forming the outer wall of the side wall 790, or the flow of the raw liquid such as polyurethane is not disposed on the outer wall of the side wall 790. The side of the vacuum insulation material interferes with the distance). The predetermined distances T01 and T02 are, for example, the thickness of the outer panel forming the outer wall of the side wall 790 is about 0.6 to 3 mm, and the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material disposed on the outer wall side of the side wall 790 is 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm is preferable) When the thickness is 9.5 mm), the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material (9.5 mm) is larger than the thickness of the plate (0.6 to 3 mm), so the predetermined distance T01 (or T02) is larger than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material (9.5 mm). In the case of 9.5 mm or more, it is preferable to have a margin of 10 mm or more.

Here, as shown in Fig. 8, when the convex portion 450 protruding toward the indoor (storage chamber) side is provided, the filling ports 703 and 704 are provided in the range in which the convex portion 450 is provided (slightly triangular portion of the convex portion 450) The oblique side 456 and the back wall 730 or the range of the predetermined portions 797 and 798 to which the side wall 790 is connected can be smoothly filled. Therefore, if the length of the convex portion 450 in the width direction is A (the width direction convex portion length A), When the predetermined distance Y1 is T01+r1 or more and T1+A or less is preferable, if the vertical direction length of the convex portion 450 is B (the vertical direction convex portion length B), the predetermined distance Y2 is T02+r2 or more and T2+B or less is good. Therefore, when the length A of the convex portion 450 in the width direction is, for example, 180 mm to 200 mm, the predetermined distance Y1 is 250 mm or less (more preferably 230 mm or less), and even a filler such as filled polyurethane collides with the convex portion 450. The oblique portion (which may be an arc shape) 456 can be smoothly injected into the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 or the like because the oblique portion is inclined, so that there is no problem.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 are formed and a casing having at least a rear wall 730 and a side wall 790; a storage chamber 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 provided in the casing and having an opening at the front; and a vacuum partition provided on the outer casing side of the rear wall 730 The hot material 400 is provided at the end portion in the width direction or the end portion in the vertical direction of the back wall 730, and the injection ports 703 and 704 for injecting the stock solution of the heat insulating material as the intermediate member in the back wall 730. The injection ports 703, 704 are provided on the rear wall of the machine room 1A except for the upper or lower portion of the back surface of the heat insulating box (in FIG. 22, four corners except the back wall of the machine room 1A, except in FIG. 12 In the left and right end sides of the rear wall of the machine room 1A, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided with a notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening so as not to interfere with the injection ports 703 and 704 at a portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704. When the thickness of the heat insulating material is 11 mm or less (it is preferably less than 10 mm in consideration of unevenness or unevenness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material), the outer wall of the heat insulating box or the heat insulating box can be increased. The ratio (coverage ratio) of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material of the surface area, and the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material to the volume of the space between the outer case and the inner case forming the case (vacuum) Since the filling rate of the heat insulating material is), the heat insulating performance of the refrigerator or the heat insulating box can be improved.

Further, by making the density of the heat insulating material larger than 60 kg/m ³ , the strength (rigidity) of the casing is improved, and a highly reliable refrigerator is obtained. However, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. The cost is increased, (2) the polyurethane is leaked due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the mold for suppressing the deformation of the box due to the increase in the foaming pressure during the foaming of the polyurethane. Or the adhesion between the box-pressing member and the polyurethane and the adhesion force are increased, so that the mold for suppressing deformation of the case or the member for pressing the case is difficult to escape from the case (it is difficult to take out from the case). And (4) the deterioration of the heat insulating performance due to the increase in the density of the polyurethane, and the like, the quality deterioration, the deterioration of the performance, and the increase in the cost may occur. Therefore, the polyurethane is used as an intermediate member. The density of the heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of the foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably 90 kg/m). ³ or less) is preferred.

Further, the thickness of the heat insulating material / (the thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, whereby the wall thickness of the casing can be reduced, and the strength and heat insulating performance of the casing can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having a large volume, high strength, and good heat insulating performance in a chamber (for example, a storage chamber). Further, since the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is small. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. Further, the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite member having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, so that the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

Further, the heat insulating material is a rigid polyurethane foam, and the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is 15 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less, and the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20 MPa or more. The bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member can be increased, so that the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is thin. In addition, the rigidity of the vacuum heat insulating material is improved, and the strength of the box is improved.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed at least in the side wall 790 and the back wall 730, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 When the arrangement area ratio is 70% or more, it is possible to obtain a heat insulation box, a refrigerator, and a machine which have a small amount of deformation of the case, high strength, high rigidity, and excellent heat insulation performance.

Further, the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material to the volume of the space between the outer box and the inner box forming the casing is 40% or more, so that the deformation amount of the casing is small, the strength is high, and the rigidity is high. Insulation box with good thermal insulation performance, refrigerator, machine, etc.

Further, the vacuum heat insulating material has a substantially square plate shape, and at least one of the four corner portions (four corners) having a slight square shape is provided with a notch portion 33 at a corner portion where the injection ports 703 and 704 are provided, so that the injection port 703 is provided. In the case where the filling portions 703 and 704 are filled with the fillers such as polyurethane from the filling ports (injecting ports) 703 and 704, the filling of the polyurethane or the like can be performed. The material smoothly flows into the inner top wall or into the bottom wall or into the partition wall. When the injection ports 703 and 704 are provided at four corners of the back wall of the machine room 1A, the injection ports 703 and 704 of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are disposed at four corners opposite to the injection ports 703 and 704 ( The four corners of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a slight square shape may be used.

(rail material of the side wall)

Here, a case will be described in which the side wall 790 forms a rail portion (for example, a rail or rail mounting portion) 755 for supporting the shelf 80 or the drawer type storage chamber (for example, a drawer type door piece or a drawer case or the like).

Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 25 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 27 is a view showing another track of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention. A section of the important part of the vicinity of the loading section. In the figures 24 to 27, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as in the first to the first, and the description thereof will be omitted. In the figures 24 to 27, the same reference numerals will be given to the corresponding parts, and therefore the description in the other figures will be omitted.

In Fig. 24, the wall thickness of the side wall 790 is, in addition to a local protrusion or depression, an average thickness of 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less, for example, in a storage compartment of the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the freezing compartment 6, etc., in the inner box The 750 is formed by a concave inner box recess 717 or a convex inner box protrusion or the like for supporting a shelf 80 or a drawer type storage room (for example, a drawer type door or a drawer type case) provided in the storage compartment. Orbital portion (for example, rail or rail holding portion) 755, the rail supporting portion 820 of the rail member 810 is fixed to the inner box 750 or the reinforcing member 731 or polyurethane by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. Insulation material 701. Therefore, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as a rigid polyurethane foam filled in the third intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to a predetermined thickness ( In the case of 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, and preferably less than 6 mm, if the wall thickness is thinned to increase the volume of the storage chamber, a fixing member such as a screw for fixing or holding the rail member or the reinforcing member may be fixed. The outer covering of the vacuum insulation material 400 is damaged or damaged.

Here, if the length of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is shortened so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not damaged, the fixing strength or the holding strength for fixing or holding the rail member 810 may be weakened, and the rail member 810 may be weakened. In the case where the casing 520 or the shelf 80 is provided, when the storage or storage is stored, the fixed member 735 may be detached from the inner casing 750 due to the weight of the storage or the casing 510 or the shelf 80. Further, in the case of the drawer type casing constituted by the two-stage rail, if the amount of the drawer is 520 when the casing 520 is pulled out, when the casing 520 or the like is placed on the rail member 810, the rail 755 may be stored. The weight of the case 520 or the like is deformed at the mounting portion of the inner case 750 with respect to the position of the track member 810 or the reinforcing member 731, and the drawer case 520 may not be smoothly pulled out. Here, it is difficult to ensure that the length (the length of the screw portion) of the fixing member 735 such as a screw inserted into and fixed to the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is shorter than 10 mm from the viewpoint of the strength securing, and it is usually ensured. It is 15 mm or more, and it is difficult to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam 701 of the 3rd dielectric material between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner tank 750 into 15 mm or less (it is preferably 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm). ). In particular, the polyurethane used in the past has a density of 60 kg/m ³ or less in order to secure the heat insulating property. Therefore, there are many voids in the polyurethane, and a fixing member such as a screw is fixed. The strength is small, so the length of the fixed member such as a screw must be long.

In the embodiment of the present invention, in the heat insulating box 700 or the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, the inner box 750 is formed with a shelf 80 or a drawer type case (for example, a drawer type) for supporting a room (storage room or the like). a rail portion (for example, a rail mounting portion or a rail retaining portion) 755 of a storage compartment or a storage compartment door or a drawer type casing, etc. 520, but an inner box at a portion of the inner casing 750 opposite to the rail portion 755 A vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the 750 and the outer casing 710. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 of the inner box 750 facing the rail portion 755, the fixing member 735 such as a screw is not provided on the side wall 790. The partition wall 24 or the partition wall (upper wall) 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 which is formed on the lower surface of the forming chamber may be provided. In this case, the fixed member is disposed at the bottom wall 780 or the lower partition wall 24 or the upper partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 near the side wall 790, and thus, at the bottom wall 780 or below. When the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 or the upper partition wall 24 is also provided with a vacuum heat insulating material, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed so as to avoid a portion where the fixed member 735 is provided, a design notch, or the like. In this way, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed on the side wall 790, and the wall thickness can be made thinner.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the length (the length of the screw portion) of the fixing member 735 such as a screw in the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane which is the third intermediate member is shorter than 10 mm. When the polyurethane having the third intermediate member has a density higher than 60 kg/m ³ , the voids in the polyurethane are less than 60 kg/m ³ , and the screws are retained. The strength of the fixed member 735 becomes large, and the holding strength of the fixed member 735 is improved. In this case, a resin-made or metal plate-shaped reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 is formed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the fixing member 735 is inserted into the screw fixing portion 731 to be Fixed. The thickness of the reinforcing member 731 may be set to be 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less as long as it is a thickness of the fixing member 735 capable of holding or fixing a screw or the like. In this case, when the density of the rigid polyurethane as the third intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 can be increased in heat insulating material such as polyurethane. In the 701, the holding strength of the reinforcing member 731 in the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane can be suppressed, and the deformation of the rail portion 755 and the reinforcing member 735 of the inner box 750 can be suppressed. Offset. Especially in the case of a two-stage rail structure that can be pulled out in two stages, the fixing or holding strength of the fixed member must be large, but as long as the density of the polyurethane is greater than 60 kg/m ³ , there is no problem. Use. In addition, when the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane is 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), it is preferably 6 mm or less, and even if the length of the screw portion of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is 10 mm or less, the screw portion is oriented. The protruding length of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is shortened (the amount of shortening is the thickness of the inner box 750 (for example, 1 to 2 mm) of the portion of the fixing screw 735 (the rail portion 755), or the thickness of the reinforcing member 731 ( For example, 1 to 8 mm)), therefore, the screw 735 does not cause the vacuum insulation material 400 to be damaged or broken.

That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, and the side wall 790 of the rail member 810 for the drawer type storage room is provided, the side wall 790 has a thickness of 40 mm or less, and the rail member 810 is mounted. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) 701 in the portion where the rail portion (track mounting portion) 755 is opposed is 11 mm or less (if unevenness or surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material is taken into consideration, etc.) The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material/(the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, and the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is more than 60 kg/m. ³ , the fixing member 735 of the screw or the like is prevented from falling off, or the holding strength or the fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is increased, and the rail portion 755 is not deformed. Therefore, the opening and closing of the casing 520 and the like can be smoothly performed. . Further, the rail portion (track mounting portion) 755 or the inner box 750 of the fixing member 735 such as a mounting screw is not damaged, and the reliability is improved.

The rail member 810 is fixed or fixed to the opening and closing flaps 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 of the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and is composed of the following: as being pulled out when the flap is opened and closed The upper rail 811 of the moving rail, the lower rail 812 as a fixed rail fixed to the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, the intermediate rail 813 provided between the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812, and the rail supporting portion 836 fixed by screws or the like. The rail supporting portion 820 fixed to the lower rail 812, the rail supporting portion 830 fixed to the upper rail 811 by the rail supporting member 835 such as a screw or a soldering or the like A plurality of bearings 815 for supporting the slewing support members of the intermediate rail 813 and the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812. The rail support portion 820 is fixed to a rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 that forms the side wall 790 of the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 by a fixed member 735 such as a screw. Further, the casing supporting portion 830 supports the casing 520 provided in the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and the casing 520 moves in the front-rear direction in accordance with the movement of the upper rail 811 which is a moving rail in the front-rear direction (by the movement) The casing 520 moves in the front-rear direction as the upper and lower directions of the upper rail 811 of the moving rail are moved, and the casing 520 enters and exits in the front-rear direction. Further, the intermediate rail 813 moves in the front-rear direction in accordance with the movement of the upper rail 811 in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the casing 520 of each storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 is pulled out synchronously with respect to the refrigerator door 1 in the front-rear direction with the storage compartment door panels 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 together with the upper rail 811 Moving, the box body 520 is freely detachable in the upper direction when the door sheets of each storage compartment are fully opened.

Here, the lower rail 812 and the rail support portion 820 may be formed integrally. That is, the lower rail 812 and the rail support portion 820 may be previously welded together, thereby being integrally fixed. In this case, the screw that fixes the member 836 as the rail support portion is not required, and the assemblability thereof is improved. Further, a part of the lower rail 812 can be used as the rail support portion 820. In this case, since the welding or the screw is not required, the rail member and the refrigerator having good assembly properties can be obtained at low cost.

The rail support portion 820 of the rail member 810 is fixed or held by the fixing member 735 on the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 constituting the side wall 790 of each storage chamber. Here, since the rail member 810 has a certain size, it is protruded (projected) toward the storage chamber side in a state of being attached to the storage compartment side of the rail portion 755, and therefore, in order to reduce the protrusion to the storage compartment The amount (the amount of protrusion) is preferably recessed in the direction of the outer case 710 when viewed from the side of the storage compartment. Therefore, the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is recessed in the direction of the outer box 710, and the inner box recess 717 is formed. In this manner, the rail member 810 is attached to the inner box recess 717 that recesses the rail portion 755 toward the outer box 710 side from the storage chamber side, whereby the volume in the storage chamber and the volume of the casing 520 can be increased.

On the outer case 710 side of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 (on the side opposite to the storage chamber side), a reinforcing member 731 is provided between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and between the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The heat insulating material 701 filled with polyurethane or the like is used as the third intermediate member, and the reinforcing member 731 is fixed or held in the rail portion 755 in a slightly close manner by the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane. Between the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, a rail portion 755, a reinforcing member 731, a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane, a vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the like are sequentially disposed from the inner box 750 side. Outer box 710. Here, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, but the heat insulating property and the strength of the case are vacuum insulated. Since the material 400 is provided, the third intermediate member may be used instead of the heat insulating material 701 as an adhesive. In this case, a foaming heat insulating material having self-adhesive properties such as rigid polyurethane may be used as the adhesive. Further, the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are fixed by a second adhesive of a second intermediate member such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is preferably 15 mm or more (preferably 13 mm or more), but preferably 11 mm or less. In addition, the thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is set to be 11 mm or less (if unevenness or vacuum heat insulating material is considered) Since the surface unevenness or the like is preferably less than 10 mm, the bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane can be increased to increase the strength of the casing 700 or the refrigerator 1. In addition, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than the predetermined thickness P (the amount of the thickness of the reinforcing member is different), for example, reinforcing When the thickness of the member is 2 mm, the thickness is 8 mm or less, and when the thickness of the reinforcing member is 4 mm, it is 6 mm or less. Therefore, the strength can be further improved. In addition, since the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is set to be more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw can be improved, and the screw can be prevented from becoming loose or detached. In addition, by increasing the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing member 731, it is possible to suppress the positional displacement of the reinforcing member 731 or the deformation of the screw due to the positional deviation or the deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750, thereby achieving reliability. High refrigerator or machine. However, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. Causes an increase in cost, (2) leakage of polyurethane from the case or the like due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the case due to an increase in the foaming pressure at the time of foaming of the polyurethane The adhesion preventing force and the adhesion force of the deformation inhibiting mold or the box-pressing member and the like are increased, so that it is difficult for the box deformation suppressing mold or the box pressing member to come out of the case (it is difficult to (4) When the density of the polyurethane increases, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. Therefore, the polyamino group is used as an intermediate material. The heat insulating material such as a formate (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) preferably has a density of 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less).

In Fig. 25, the reinforcing member 731 is made of metal or resin, and The plate-shaped reinforcing member main body portion 734 to which the fixing member 735 is fixed, the plate-shaped reinforcing member extending portion that is provided at the upper end or the upper portion of the reinforcing member main body portion 734 and extends in a horizontal direction a top plate 732, a plate-shaped reinforcing member extending portion 733 provided at a lower end or a lower portion of the reinforcing member main body portion 734 and extending in a horizontal direction, a reinforcing member body portion 734, a reinforcing member extending portion 732, The 733 series of the reinforcing member extension portion is integrally formed (integrated into one body) or integrally formed.

The reinforcing member 731 is adhered to the outer case 710 side of the inner case recess 717 formed in the rail portion 755 of the inner case 750 by a second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape, and then filled with the polyurethane. The heat insulating material 701 or the like is thereby fixed or held by the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. The reinforcing member 731 is a reinforcing member extending portion 732 and a reinforcing member extending portion 733 extending from the end surface of the reinforcing member body portion 734 in the same direction to form a U-shaped cross section, and the reinforcing member body portion 734 is provided. The bottom surface portion (recessed portion) of the inner box recessed portion 717 is placed on the reinforcing member extending portion 732 so as to be opposed to the concave portion portion 718 forming the inner box concave portion 717, and the reinforcing member 731 is disposed in the inner box concave portion. The outer box 710 side of the 717. Further, the reinforcing member extension portion 733 is disposed to face the concave portion portion 719 which forms the inner box recess portion 717. Therefore, the reinforcing member 731 can easily perform the positioning of the reinforcing member extension portion 732 or the reinforcing member extension portion 733 for the inner box 750. Further, the reinforcing member 731 can be attached to cover the inner box recess 717 from the outer case 710 side, and therefore, the reinforcing member 731 can be easily positioned or mounted to the inner case 750, and the strength of the inner case recess 717 is also improved. . Here, the reinforcing member 731 can form or form any of the reinforcing member extension portion 732 or the reinforcing member material extension portion 733 by reinforcing the member extension portion 732 or the reinforcing member member. Extend the subordinate The 733 is positioned on the recessed section 718 or the recessed section 719, so any of them can be omitted (as long as any one of them is provided).

Further, in Fig. 25, the rail supporting portion 820 is integrally formed by the welding and the rail 812 below the fixed rail as the rail member 810, and therefore, the rail member 810 is easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. . In addition, the rail member 810 is placed through the rail support portion 820 or the fixed rail lower rail 812 under the recess portion 719 of the rail member mounting portion as the inner box recess 717, and is positioned such that the rail member 810 does not In the upper surface side of the recessed section lower portion 719, a fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail supporting portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided, and is fixed or held by the fixing portion (movement suppressing portion) to suppress the rail supporting portion 820 or The track member 810 moves upward or laterally.

The rail member 810 is placed on the lower portion 719 as the rail member mounting portion, so that the rail supporting portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 can be prevented from being deformed downward due to the weight of the casing 520. The entry or exit of the door piece or the casing 520 is smoothly performed. Here, the casing 520 is a container having an open upper surface formed by the bottom wall of the casing and the side walls of the four casings, and is provided with a draft angle. Therefore, the side wall of the casing of the casing 520 is formed, from the upper side toward the lower side. The central axis direction of the casing 520 is inclined. That is, the width of the casing 520 is formed such that the lower end is narrower than the upper end.

Therefore, the gap (length) between the casing 520 and the side wall 790 is larger at the lower end of the casing 520 than at the upper end. Therefore, when the frame member 520 is supported by the rail member 810, if the rail member 810 is supported below the height direction of the casing 520, the volume of the casing 520 can be increased, which is preferable. When the case body 520 is supported by the rail member 810 (for example, the case support portion 830) at a position equal to or less than 1/2 of the height of the case 520 (especially 1/3), the width of the case can be increased, thereby enabling Add box The volume of the body 520. In this case, the casing step portion 525 may be provided on the casing side wall of the casing 520, and the casing step portion 525 may be supported by the casing supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810. Thereby, the case 520 can be easily supported. In addition, it can be supported in the vicinity of the lower end of the height direction of the casing 520 (for example, at a position below 1/2 of the height of the casing 520 (particularly better than 1/3)), but if the bottom wall of the lowermost end of the casing is supported There is no need to provide the box step portion 525 in the casing 520, so that the casing 520 is easy to manufacture.

A heat insulating material 701 (for example, a hard polyamino group) such as polyurethane which is filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer case 710) in which the recessed portion 719 as the rail mounting portion is formed. When the density of the formic acid ester foam is 60 kg/m ³ or more, the strength of the concave portion 719 as the rail member mounting portion is increased. Therefore, even if the weight is contained in the casing 520, the rail member is placed. The concave portion portion 719 of the rail member mounting portion of the 810 is also not deformed, and therefore, the casing 520 can be stably inserted and received, and a highly reliable refrigerator or machine can be obtained.

Further, in the 24th and 25th drawings, the inner box recess 717 can accommodate at least a part of the rail member 810 (for example, the rail support portion 820 or the like) or all, and therefore, the protrusion of the rail member 810 toward the storage chamber side can be reduced. Therefore, the volume in the storage compartment can be increased, and the volume of the casing 520 can also be increased.

In the 24th and 25th drawings, an example in which the reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer casing 710 side of the recessed inner box recess 717 when the inner box 750 is viewed from the storage chamber side is described. However, in Fig. 26, When the inner box 750 is viewed from the storage compartment side, an example of the reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer case 710 side of the protruding inner box convex portion 727. In the drawing, the inner box 750 of the side wall 790 is formed, and the rail portion 755 protrudes toward the storage chamber side to form an inner box convex portion 727. The inner box convex portion 727 has a convex portion portion 728 and a convex portion The lower portion 729 has a convex shape formed by the convex portion portion 728 and the convex portion portion 729.

In Fig. 26, the inner box convex portion 727 has a concave shape when viewed from the outer case 710 side, and the reinforcing member 731 is accommodated in the concave portion of the inner box convex portion 727 formed on the outer case 710 side (accommodating at least a part) Or all of them, the positioning of the reinforcing member 731 in the vertical direction or the lateral direction is performed by the convex portion portion. Further, by accommodating at least a part or all of the reinforcing member 731 in the concave portion formed on the outer casing 710 side of the inner box convex portion 727, the amount of protrusion of the reinforcing member 731 to the outer case 710 side can be reduced, and therefore, When the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer case 710) and the inner case 750, the width of the polyurethane flow path can be suppressed (in vacuum insulation) The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the material 400 and the reinforcing member 731 is narrowed, so that the polyurethane does not easily flow. Therefore, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be set so as not to hinder the flow of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane. 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm in consideration of unevenness or surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material), it is possible to sufficiently ensure the partition of the polyurethane between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since the thickness R of the hot material 701 is low, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the holding strength of the reinforcing member 731 or the fixing or holding strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw.

Further, since the rail supporting portion 820 is integrally formed with the rail lower rail 812 as the rail member 810 by the welding, the rail member 810 is easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Further, the rail support portion 820 is placed on the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 provided between the storage compartments, and the rail member 810 is positioned at a position that does not move downward, and in the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780, a fixing portion for fixing or holding the rail supporting portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided The fixing portion (movement suppressing portion) is fixed or held to suppress the upward movement or the lateral direction of the rail supporting portion 820 or the rail member 810. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780.

The rail member 810 is provided on the outer casing 710 side of the inner box recess 717 of the inner box 750 in the 24th and 25th views, and is disposed on the outer box 710 side of the inner box convex portion 727 in Fig. 26, however, The rail member 810 is not required to be provided in the inner box recess 717 or the inner box convex portion 727, and may be provided in the flat portion of the inner box 750 as shown in Fig. 27.

In Fig. 27, the rail member 810 is provided on the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750, and the rail portion 755 is fixed to the flat surface of the inner box 750 by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. In addition, a reinforcing member 731 is provided on the surface of the rail portion 755 on the outer casing 710 side, and the reinforcing member 701 is fixed or fixed by the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. 731. At this time, the reinforcing member 731 is filled or fixed to the inner case 750 while being adhered or fixed to the inner case 750 by the second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape. The side of the outer box 710 side.

In Fig. 27, as in the case of Figs. 24 to 26, the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is more than 60 kg/m ³ , and therefore, the holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a reinforcing screw is enhanced. And inhibit the screw from loosening or falling off. In addition, the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing member 731 is enhanced, and occurrence of positional displacement of the reinforcing member 731, deformation of the screw due to positional displacement, or deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 can be suppressed. And get a reliable refrigerator or machine.

Filled with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 The thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane is set to be 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm in consideration of unevenness or surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material), and is preferably 6 mm or less. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane can be increased to increase the strength of the casing 700 or the refrigerator 1. In addition, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than the predetermined thickness P (the amount of the thickness of the reinforcing member 731), for example, When the thickness of the reinforcing member 731 is 2 mm or less, it is 8 mm or less, and when the thickness of the reinforcing member 731 is 4 mm, it is 6 mm or less. Therefore, the strength can be further improved.

Further, in Fig. 27, the end portion (e.g., the lower end) of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 forms a protruding portion 757 in which the inner box 750 protrudes toward the storage chamber side, and the rail supporting portion 820 of the rail member 810 is placed thereon. The upper surface of the protrusion 757. The protruding length of the protruding portion 757 in the width direction of the storage chamber side is set to be smaller than the protruding length in the width direction of the rail member 810, and is less protruded into the storage chamber than the rail member 810, thereby suppressing The storage chamber volume or the volume of the cartridge becomes small.

Further, since the rail supporting portion 820 is integrally formed with the rail lower rail 812 as the rail member 810 by the welding, the rail member 810 is easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Further, the rail supporting portion 820 is placed on the upper surface side of the protruding portion 757 formed at the end (lower end) of the rail portion 755, and the rail member 810 is positioned so as not to move downward, and in the protruding portion 757 On the upper side, a fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail supporting portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided, and is fixed or held by the fixing portion (movement suppressing portion) to suppress upward or lateral movement of the rail supporting portion 820 or the rail member 810. .

Here, in the 24th and 26th drawings, the rail portion 755 is disposed in the vicinity of the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780, and therefore, the rail member 810 is installed in the vicinity of the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 at the height of the casing 520. It is preferable to support the lower side of the direction to increase the mounting strength of the rail member 810. However, in the 25th and 27th drawings, the rail portion 755 and the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 have a predetermined distance G, and therefore, Since the rail member 810 is attached to the upper portion at a predetermined distance G from the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780, the support position of the casing 520 can be set at the upper portion, and the entry and exit of the casing can be smoothly performed. In addition, since the length of the case supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810 can be shortened, the strength can be improved, and a low-cost rail member or a refrigerator can be obtained.

Here, the step portion 525 may be provided on the side wall of the casing 520, and the step portion 525 may be supported by the casing supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810. Thereby, the case 520 can be easily supported. In addition, it may be supported below or below the height direction of the casing 520 (for example, at a position equal to or less than 1/2 of the height of the casing 520 (more preferably 1/3), but if the bottom surface of the casing is supported as the lowermost end Inside the wall, it is not necessary to provide the casing step portion 525 in the casing 520, so that the casing 520 is easy to manufacture.

The polyurethane between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer case 710) which is formed at the end portion (track portion protruding portion) 757 which protrudes toward the storage chamber side as the rail mounting portion is filled. When the density of the heat insulating material 701 (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) such as an ester is 60 kg/m ³ or more, the strength of the rail portion end portion 757 serving as the rail member mounting portion is increased, so that even The casing 520 accommodates the weight, and the rail portion end portion 757 of the rail member mounting portion on which the rail member 810 is placed is not deformed. Therefore, the casing 520 can be stably inserted and received, and a highly reliable refrigerator can be obtained. Or machine.

Here, the rail member 810 may not be disposed on the side wall 790, and may be disposed on a partition wall of the storage compartment provided with the rail member 810 (including a partition wall disposed between the storage compartment and the storage compartment and forming a storage compartment) The bottom or upper partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 or the top wall 740). That is, the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 may be disposed (also may be placed) on the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780). As described above, if the rail supporting portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 is disposed in the partition wall 24 of the storage chamber, it is not necessary to provide the fixing member 735 on the side wall 790, and therefore, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the side wall can be increased. Further, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the side wall 790 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 can be reduced. Therefore, the volume in the storage compartment or the volume of the casing 520 can be increased.

Here, when the rail support portion 820 is provided in the partition wall, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may not be disposed at the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 or the top surface wall 740 at the position where the fixed member 735 is provided. In addition, when a reinforcing member of a fixing member such as a fixing screw is provided at a position where the fixing member 735 is provided, the fixing strength or the holding strength of the fixing member is improved. Further, in the case where a vacuum polyurethane foam or a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene is filled or applied or disposed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer member forming the partition wall 24, When the density of the heat insulating material 701 is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the fixing or fixing strength of the fixed member or the reinforcing member that fixes or holds the rail member 810 is improved, thereby improving reliability. Further, for the reason explained above, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 is preferably less than 10 mm.

In the above description, the case where the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is fixed by screws or the like from the storage chamber side (the screw head as the screw of the fixed member 735 is provided in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and the fixed member 735) The screw portion is provided between the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, the screw 735 of the fixed member may be fixed from the inner side of the side wall 790 and protruded to the storage chambers 2, 3. In the case of 4, 5, and 6, in this case, the screw head is disposed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 (the screw portion is fixed to the rail portion 755 or the rail reinforcing member 731 or the polyurethane) In the case of the heat insulating material 701) such as an acid ester, the density of the polyurethane is also more than 60 kg/m ³ . Therefore, the strength of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is increased, and the screw or the like is increased. The fixing member 735 and the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane, the inner box 750, and the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane have an increased fixing strength or holding strength, so that deformation of the inner box or the like can be suppressed or When the position of the reinforcing member 731 is shifted or the screw is loosened, the case 520 or the like can be smoothly pulled out (it can be smoothly accessed). .

In the embodiment of the present invention, a foamed heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position opposite to the portion where the rail member of the side wall 790 is disposed is provided. Since the thickness is set to 11 mm or less (especially less than 10 mm), the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane can be increased, so that the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the wall strength. In addition, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position of the side wall 790 where the rail member is disposed is set at Since the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane can be further increased by about 6 mm or less, the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the wall strength.

In addition, by setting the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) to 0.3 or less, the foaming partition can be reduced. The composite thermal conductivity of the composite material combined with the hot material and the vacuum heat insulating material can improve the heat insulating performance even if the wall thickness is reduced.

Further, by making the density after foaming of the polyurethane more than 60 kg/m ³ , the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the strength of the wall.

As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, a foamed heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position facing the portion of the side wall 790 where the rail member is disposed is provided. The thickness of the foamed plastic is set to about 11 mm or less (especially less than 10 mm), and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is set to 0.3 or less. When the density after foaming of the polyurethane is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the strength of the wall. Here, in the above formula, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is the thickness of the polyurethane. Therefore, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material may be filled in the rail portion 755 of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane or the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, or filling The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane of the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. For example, when the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used as the thickness of the foam heat insulating material, the thickness R/ of the foam heat insulating material is set. (The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material R + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) may be set to 0.3 or less. Similarly, when P or Q is used as the thickness, the thickness R may be replaced by P or Q. Further, the thickness of the polyurethane shown in Figs. 17, 18, and 19 may be a heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. The thickness P of 701, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as an acid ester.

In addition, the utility model comprises: a casing formed by an outer casing 710 and an inner casing 750, having a rear wall 730 and a side wall 790; and a storage compartment 2, 3, 4 having an opening on the front surface of the casing and partitioned by the partition wall 24, 5, 6; a drawer type case housed in a storage room and pulled out by a rail member 810 disposed on a side wall of the storage compartment; a vacuum heat insulating material 400 which is a fiber composed of organic fibers or inorganic fibers The material is formed into a core material and disposed between the inner box and the outer box forming the side wall of the rail member 810; the inner box side disposed between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail member a reinforcing member 731 supporting or holding the rail member; a heat insulating member 701 filled between the reinforcing member and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail member. The thickness of the heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail member is less than 10 mm, and if the density of the heat insulating material between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material filled in the rail portion is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the strength of the wall can be maintained. Can reduce wall thickness and improve thermal insulation performance. However, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. Causes an increase in cost, (2) leakage of polyurethane from the case or the like due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the case due to an increase in the foaming pressure at the time of foaming of the polyurethane The adhesion preventing force and the adhesion force of the deformation inhibiting mold or the box-pressing member and the like are increased, so that it is difficult for the box deformation suppressing mold or the box pressing member to come out of the case (it is difficult to (4) When the density of the polyurethane increases, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. Therefore, the polyamino group is used as an intermediate material. The density of a heat insulating material such as a formic acid ester (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of a foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably It is preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less.

Further, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used at a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, the wall thickness can be further reduced. Here, the rail member is not fixed to the side wall 790, and it may be fixed to the bottom wall 780 near the side wall 790 or the partition wall 24 or the upper wall (top wall) 740 of the bottom surface or the partition wall 24 above. Here, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 facing the fixed member of the screw or the like, the bottom wall 780 of the fixed member or the lower partition wall 24 is provided. Or the top wall 740 or the upper partition wall 24 is preferably a wall or a partition wall that does not contact the outside atmosphere. When the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided in the wall contacting the outside atmosphere (for example, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the back wall 730, the bottom wall 780, etc.) is minimized, the loss due to heat leakage can be reduced. A high-performance insulated cabinet, refrigerator, and machine. Thereby, the arrangement area of the intermediate vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 can be increased, and therefore the coverage or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the heat insulating box 700 can be increased.

Here, the heat insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment differs from the technical idea that the rigid polyurethane foam in the conventional heat insulating box 700 mainly provides a heat insulating function, but is based on the arrangement. In the portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is responsible for providing a new technical idea of heat insulating performance and box strength. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the first embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 formed in the inner wall space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is relatively Formed in the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 The ratio of the total volume of the inner wall space 315 is a predetermined value (for example, 40% or more (45% or more is preferable)) or more. Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 also includes the filling rate of the door piece, which is the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 relative to the outer panel of the door piece and the inner panel of the door piece forming the outer periphery of the door piece. The ratio of the volume of the space inside the door piece.

In the past, the vacuum heat insulating material was disposed such that the area ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the surface area of the outer case 710 or the inner case 750 was within a predetermined range irrespective of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The effect is therefore such that the thickness of the rigid polyurethane is greater than the thickness of the vacuum insulation 400 and the rigidity of the insulation is provided by the rigid polyurethane. In the past, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 was increased to improve the heat insulating performance of the box, but the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 was not increased to improve the heat insulating performance and the strength of the box. Therefore, there was a vacuum heat insulating material. The filling rate of 400 is low (for example, the filling rate in the past refrigerator is 20%) without increasing the heat insulating performance, and the strength of the box is provided by the rigid polyurethane. In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed based on the consideration of the filling rate in consideration of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the heat insulating performance is not improved as in the past. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined value (for example, 40% or more), whereby the heat insulating performance can be improved, and the wall thickness can be made thinner while satisfying the strength of the case and the heat insulating performance, and can be increased. The volume in the storage compartment can set the required storage volume of the product above a predetermined capacity. That is, since the length, the width, the thickness, and the arrangement position of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be appropriately set, the wall thickness can be reduced, and the volume in the storage chamber can be increased in accordance with the decrease in the wall thickness.

Thus, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 The increase is larger than in the past, and the heat insulating performance can be increased to be higher than in the past, so that even if the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced to be thinner than in the past, the same degree of heat insulating performance as in the past can be ensured.

(Other components of the first air passage module)

As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, the length of the first air passage module 762 which forms a part of the cold air passage 760 shown in, for example, the fourth, fifth, sixth, and eighth drawings is smaller than the width of the recess 440. The width is fixed or fixed to the convex portion 450 or the second concave portion 441 or the protruding portion 910 forming the second concave portion 441 by a fixing member such as a screw, a hook structure, or a concave-convex fitting structure. Here, the width direction of the first air passage assembly 762 forming a portion of the cold air passage 760 may be extended to the inner surface of the side wall 790 to cover a portion of the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790, and the first portion will be The air passage unit 762 is held or fixed to the inner surface of the side wall 790 by a fixed member such as a screw or a hook structure or a concave-convex fitting structure. Needless to say, the first air passage module 762 may be held or fixed to the inner surface of the side wall 790 by a fixing member such as a screw or a hook structure or a concave-convex fitting structure, and the protrusion portion 910, the concave portion 440, and the convex portion. Department 450 and so on.

Further, when the length of the first air passage module 762 which forms part of the cold air passage 760 is extended to the inner surface of the side wall 790 so as not to cover the second recess 441, the recess 440 and the convex portion are covered. At least a part or all of the 450, the first air passage module 762 can also serve as a design panel, and can cover at least a part or all of the back wall 730 of the chamber (for example, the storage room) or the inner surface of the side wall 790. A cover member that covers a portion of the back or side of the first air passage assembly 762 is used. Therefore, when the supply port for supplying the cold air from the cold air passage 760 to the room is provided in the first air passage module 762, the arrangement can be improved. The degree of freedom is utilized to efficiently cool the storage items in the room, and the other members different from the inner box 750 can be used in the first air passage unit 762. Therefore, the shape, color, and various types of processing can be easily changed. Or drawing or texting, etc., thus improving functionality or design. When the first air passage module is also used as a cover member as a cover member, it is formed in a substantially U-shape to form at least a portion of the inner surface of the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 of the chamber, or the inner surface of the cover wall. All right. In this case, when the illuminating device (in-house lighting) 900 is disposed on the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 of the forming chamber, when the first air path assembly 762 as the covering member is extended to the side wall 790, When the illuminating device 900 is provided on the inner surface of the side wall 790, it is not necessary to provide an opening for notching the first air passage module 762 in which the illuminating device 900 is provided. Therefore, it is easy to be a design panel as a covering member. The shape of the (first air passage unit 762) can provide a low-cost heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine. Here, the design panel as the covering member may be formed to cover at least a portion of the top surface wall 740 and the back surface wall 730 of the forming chamber, or the inner surface side of the wall surface.

(thickness of polyurethane, filling rate of vacuum insulation)

Here, the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the strength of the casing will be described. Figure 15 is a graph showing the relationship between density and thermal conductivity of a rigid polyurethane foam, and Figure 16 is a graph showing the density and flexural modulus of a rigid polyurethane foam, and Figure 17 is a graph showing Figure 18 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of a polyurethane foam filled with a rigid polyurethane foam and the thermal conductivity of a polyurethane foam, and Figure 18 is a graph showing the filling of a rigid polyurethane. A graph of the relationship between the thickness of the polyurethane foam and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam in the case of a foam. At 15~18 In the figure, the test results in a dummy structure in which a rigid polyurethane is filled between two faces having a predetermined gap (flow path) and foamed, and one surface of the flow is the first structure. A steel sheet (for example, a coated steel sheet forming an outer casing 710 which is a vacuum heat insulating material or an outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 of the refrigerator 1), and the other surface of the flow is a resin as a second material (for example, ABS (a synthetic resin of Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) or a resin such as EPS (foamed plastic) used in the case 750.

Figure 15, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg/m ³ ) of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity (W/(m‧K)) of the rigid polyurethane foam. . Further, in Fig. 16, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg/m ³ ) of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the flexural modulus (MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam. In Fig. 17, the horizontal axis represents the flow path thickness (mm) of the rigid polyurethane foam filled, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity (W/(m‧K)) of the rigid polyurethane foam. . In Fig. 18, the horizontal axis represents the flow path thickness (mm) of the rigid polyurethane foam filled, and the vertical axis represents the bending elastic modulus (MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam. Here, the thickness of the flow path filled with the rigid polyurethane foam means the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam in which the rigid polyurethane foam is filled and in a foamed state.

According to Figures 15 and 16, a rigid polyurethane foam has a higher thermal conductivity and a bending elastic modulus when the density is larger, and a smaller thermal conductivity and a bending elastic modulus when the density is smaller. That is, density and thermal conductivity or density and flexural modulus are almost proportional.

According to Figures 17 and 18, rigid polyurethane foam The smaller the heat transfer rate, the smaller the thickness of the flow path of the filled polyurethane (or the thickness of the polyurethane in which the rigid polyurethane foam is filled and foamed in the flow path), and The bending elastic modulus is also larger. Therefore, the thicker the polyurethane after foaming in the flow path, the smaller the thermal conductivity and the higher the heat insulating performance, but the bending elastic modulus is smaller and the strength is lowered. Therefore, when the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced and the wall thickness is made thin, the bending elastic modulus is increased and there is no problem in strength, but the thermal conductivity is excessively increased and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated, so that the polymerization cannot be made. The thickness of the carbamate is below a certain level (for example 15 mm).

Here, in the 17th and 18th drawings, when the thickness of the flow path filled with the polyurethane (or the thickness of the polyurethane after foaming in the flow path) is narrowed, the density becomes large, and when the density becomes When it is large, as shown in Fig. 15, the general thermal conductivity becomes large and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated. Here, as shown in Fig. 17, heat transfer is performed when the thickness of the channel filled with polyurethane (or the thickness of the polyurethane after foaming in the flow path) is less than or equal to a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm). The rate is impatient and the insulation performance is deteriorating. The rigid polyurethane foam is foamed between the first member and the second member forming the polyurethane flow path, and is cured in a state of being adhered to the first member and the second member. However, at this time, the polyurethane forms a core layer, and a boundary layer called a surface layer on both sides (the first member side and the second member side) of the core layer.

23A and 23B are schematic views showing a cross-sectional shape of a rigid polyurethane foam after foaming, and FIG. 23A is a view showing the first member (inner case 750) and the second member (outer case 710). A schematic view of a cross section when the rigid polyurethane foam 701A is filled, and FIG. 23B shows that there is a third between the first member (the inner box 750) and the second member (the outer box 710). Member (vacuum insulation 400) In the case where it is present, a schematic cross section of the rigid polyurethane foam 701A is filled between the first member and the third member.

In Fig. 23A, the heat insulating wall of the foamed filled polyurethane between the first member and the second member is a first member (for example, the inner case 750) and the first skin layer. The order of the 701B, the core layer 701C, the second surface layer 701D, and the second member material (for example, the outer case 710) is configured. On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 23B, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the first member (the inner box 750) and the second member (the outer box 710) as the third member, the partition is separated. The hot wall is a first member (for example, the inner case 750), the first skin 701B, the core layer 701C, the second surface layer 701D, the third member (vacuum heat insulating material 400), the second adhesive 715, and the second structure. The order of the materials (for example, the outer box 710) is constructed. Further, the first surface layer 701B, the core layer 701C, and the second surface layer 701D constitute a rigid polyurethane foam 701A.

The surface layer is formed in the vicinity of the first member or in the vicinity of the second member or in the vicinity of the third member, and the channel thickness of the polyurethane (thickness of the polyurethane) is in the range of 20 mm to 30 mm in the past. To the extent that the thickness of the surface layer is small with respect to the thickness of the core layer, the influence on density, thermal conductivity, and the like is small, but when the thickness of the polyurethane is below a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm), The ratio of the thickness of the surface layer is increased relative to the thickness of the core layer, and the influence on the density, thermal conductivity, and flexural modulus of the polyurethane is rapidly increased, so that the density, the thermal conductivity, and the flexural modulus are rapidly increased. Big. Therefore, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated. Further, as shown in Fig. 18, the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is also rapidly increased due to an increase in the density of the polyurethane.

Therefore, in the past, when the thickness of the polyurethane became small, the bending elastic modulus became large and the strength increased, but the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane was The heat insulation performance is deteriorated, so that the thickness of the polyurethane cannot be reduced and it is used in the range of 15 to 30 mm. In the past, based on the idea that polyurethane is the main heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material is an auxiliary heat insulating material, the heat insulating performance of the polyurethane heat insulating material does not deteriorate. The thickness of the polyurethane is determined internally, and it is ensured to have a thickness of 15 mm to 20 mm even in a narrow portion.

However, in the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material is mainly a heat insulating material, and the vacuum heat insulating material is used to maintain the strength of the casing to form a heat insulating wall. Therefore, the portion in which the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed is provided. Hard polyurethane does not require thermal insulation properties, so there is no problem even below a given thickness (for example, 11 mm, 6 mm). The thinner the bending modulus, the higher the strength of the box. The better. When the predetermined thickness is 11 mm or less, the influence on the thickness of the surface layer of the core layer becomes large, the thermal conductivity is rapidly increased, and the heat insulating property is drastically lowered. Therefore, it has been difficult in the past to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam 11 mm. the following. In the past, regarding the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, even if the predetermined value can be reduced to 11 mm or less in a small local range, it is difficult to reduce the average thickness to 11 mm or less. Further, when the predetermined thickness is 6 mm or less, the influence on the thickness of the surface layer of the core layer is greater, and the heat insulating performance is further deteriorated. Therefore, it has been difficult to use in the past. However, in the present embodiment, vacuum insulation is provided. The material 400 provides the heat insulating property of the heat insulating box 700, and therefore, there is no problem even if the thickness of the polyurethane is thinned. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), whereby the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased and the flexural modulus can be increased. The strength (rigidity) of the case 700. Further, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 6 mm or less, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength (rigidity) of the casing 700 is further improved.

In addition, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed, the thickness of the polyurethane can be made thick (the amount of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased (for example, about 15 mm to 30 mm)), and therefore, It is ensured that the thickness of the polyurethane is about 20 mm to 40, and it is not necessary to use it in the range in which the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane is rapidly increased (the thickness of the polyurethane is 11 mm or less), and it can be used in the polyurethane. When the degree of increase in the thermal conductivity (inclination) is small (for example, the thickness of the polyurethane is, for example, a range of 15 mm or more), even if the thickness unevenness of the polyurethane is considered, Ensure that the thermal insulation properties of the polyurethane are below the established value. Therefore, both the strength of the heat insulating box 700 and the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be satisfied.

Here, the first member used for one surface of the polyurethane channel is a resin (for example, ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene copolymer) or EPS (foamed plastic) used in the inner case 750 Resin)). As the other surface of the flow path, an aluminum vapor deposited film which is an outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material or a steel plate such as a coated steel sheet (PCM) which forms the outer casing 710 is used.

Next, the thickness of the heat insulating wall having the foamed polyurethane and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (vacuum) in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441, etc.) will be described. The ratio of the thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the polyurethane) to the thickness of the polyurethane (=the thickness of the polyurethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) And thermal conductivity of composite thermal conductivity (vacuum insulation combined with polyurethane insulation wall) Rate) relationship.

Figure 19 is a graph showing the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness of the heat insulating material combined with the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane when the wall thickness (thickness between the inner walls of the wall) is fixed to 27 mm. A graph of the relationship with composite thermal conductivity. In Fig. 19, the horizontal axis represents the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness of the heat insulating material combined with the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane, that is, the thickness of the urethane / ( The thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material), and the vertical axis is the composite thermal conductivity (thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane combination). Here, the sum of the thickness of the urethane and the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material (that is, the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is taken as the thickness in the wall.

According to Fig. 19, when the thickness of the polyurethane with respect to the thickness in the wall is small, the composite heat conductivity is small and the heat insulating performance is improved. Here, the composite thermal conductivity means a thermal conductivity of a composite member in which a vacuum heat insulating material and a polyurethane are combined. In the figure, the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness of the wall is changed by 0.3, and the polyurethane is compared with the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness of the wall of more than 0.3. When the thickness/in-wall thickness is 0.3 or less, the inclination is small and the ratio of the composite thermal conductivity is small. The figure is a test confirmation when the thickness in the wall is constant. Therefore, the smaller the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness in the wall, the smaller the thickness of the polyurethane, and conversely, the vacuum insulation material. The thickness is larger, and therefore, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the thickness of the wall becomes large. That is, when the thickness of the polyurethane with respect to the thickness in the wall becomes small, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the thickness of the polyurethane increases. In the figure, the thickness of the polyurethane / the thickness in the wall is At 0.6, the thickness of the polyurethane is greater than the thickness of the vacuum insulation material, and therefore, the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane affects the composite thermal conductivity (thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material and the polyurethane combination). Larger, the composite thermal conductivity is increased (insulation performance is poor). When the thickness/in-wall thickness of the polyurethane is made small, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material relative to the thickness of the polyurethane is increased, and therefore, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material is for the composite heat conductivity. The influence is greater than the influence of the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane, and as a result, the polyurethane becomes smaller as the thickness of the urethane/(the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) becomes smaller. The thermal conductivity (composite thermal conductivity) of the composite member combined with the vacuum heat insulating material is lowered. Here, the thickness of the urethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation material) to 0.3 before, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulation material has a greater influence on the composite thermal conductivity than the polyurethane The influence of the thermal conductivity is therefore large, and the reduction ratio of the composite thermal conductivity is large, and the smaller the thickness of the urethane/(the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material), the smaller the composite heat conductivity and the heat insulation The performance has been greatly improved.

However, starting from the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall (ie, the thickness of the urethane / (the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum insulation)) is less than about 0.3, the composite heat conduction The inclination of the decrease in the rate is changed, and the inclination rate of the decrease in the composite heat conductivity is small (the ratio of the decrease in the composite heat conductivity becomes small). This is because the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall (that is, the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness in the wall) becomes small, and therefore, relative to the composite member (polyurethane and vacuum) The heat insulating properties of the material of the heat insulating material combination and the heat insulating performance of the vacuum heat insulating material are mainly dominant, and the heat insulating property of the polyurethane has little influence on the heat insulating performance of the composite material. Therefore, in this reality In the embodiment, in the heat insulating wall formed of the composite member (the heat insulating member formed by abutting the polyurethane and the vacuum heat insulating material), if the thickness of the polyurethane is set so that the polyurethane When the thickness of the ester/thickness in the wall is 0.3 or less, the ratio of the decrease in the heat insulating property becomes small, and therefore, even if the thickness of the polyurethane or the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is uneven, the heat insulating property can be obtained. The uneven reduction is therefore preferred. Conversely, the thickness/in-wall thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material can be set to 0.7 or more.

Therefore, when the thickness of the polyurethane is set such that the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness in the wall is about 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity can be reduced, and the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be greatly improved. In addition, considering the thickness unevenness of the polyurethane (or the thickness unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material), the thickness of the polyurethane/the thickness in the wall is set to be 0.3 or less, even if the polyurethane is The thickness of the acid ester or the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is uneven, and the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be suppressed from being lowered, and the unevenness of the composite heat conductivity of the composite member can be suppressed, so that high reliability can be obtained. High-performance insulation wall, heat insulation box, refrigerator, machine, etc.

Fig. 20 is a diagram showing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material (the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the volume of the inner wall space 315) and the interval when the load (load) is applied to the heat insulating box 700. A diagram of the relationship of the amount of deformation of the hot case. In Fig. 20, the horizontal axis represents the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, and the vertical axis represents the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box. Here, the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material is a ratio (ratio) of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the inner wall space 315, and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box is, for example, in the refrigerator 1 or the like. In the case of the heat insulating box, in the state of the door piece, a predetermined load is applied in a horizontal direction (a horizontal direction, a left-right direction when the front opening portion is viewed from the front side) at a height of about 1/4 from the upper surface of the side surface of the casing. In the case of the calculation of the amount of deformation in the left-right direction (lateral direction) of the upper end position of the side wall 790 of the casing 700, the amount of deformation when the filling factor of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20% is 1. Figure 20 is a diagram showing the coverage of the vacuum insulation material (for example, 65%), the density of the polyurethane (for example, 60 kg/m ³ ), the flexural modulus of the polyurethane (for example, 9 MPa), and vacuum. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material (for example, 15 MPa), the thickness of the composite member (for example, 28 mm), and the wall thickness (for example, 30 mm) of the thickness of the outer box and the inner box are constant, and the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is changed. The result of changing the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material.

In Fig. 20, if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is larger, the amount of deformation of the casing is smaller. This is because the flexural modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material is greater than the flexural modulus of the polyurethane, and therefore, the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material relative to the volume of the polyurethane in the heat insulating box. As a result, the influence of the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material becomes large, and the rigidity of the casing 700 is increased. When the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more, the ratio of reduction in the amount of deformation of the casing becomes extremely small, and the amount of deformation of the casing of the vacuum heat insulating material is hardly changed. This is because the degree of influence of the vacuum insulation material 400 on the strength of the casing (box deformation) is almost saturated.

The vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus higher than that of the rigid polyurethane foam, and therefore, by increasing the ratio (proportion) of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the volume of the space 315 (increasing vacuum heat insulation) The filling rate of the material can reduce the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box 700. Therefore, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved, and the strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the machine can be enhanced. At this time, if the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased and the filling rate is increased, the heat insulating performance can be improved while the strength of the box is increased. Here, The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, but it is also possible to increase the ratio of the surface area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the casing 700 (vacuum heat insulating material) Coverage) In order to increase the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, the strength of the casing can also be increased in this case, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased by increasing the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Further, when the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, the arrangement range (arrangement portion) of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased, and the thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced. Therefore, the storage chamber volume can be made small. Increase the thickness of this wall thickness.

In the present embodiment, for example, at least a portion of the space 315 between the outer casing 710 forming the outer periphery of the heat insulating box and the inner box 750 of a part of the inside of the storage compartment forming the heat insulating box The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided so that the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is 40% or more, and the area ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the surface area of the outer case 710 is 60% or more. In this way, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which have high heat insulating performance, high box strength, and high reliability. Here, in the present embodiment, it is configured to provide the heat insulating box 700 by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a bending elastic modulus higher than that of the rigid polyurethane foam used for the conventional heat insulating box. Since the wall strength is sufficient, both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance can be satisfied at the same time, and the wall thickness can be made thinner, and the volume in the storage compartment can be increased.

In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a bending elastic modulus higher than that of the rigid polyurethane is set to a predetermined value or more (or a predetermined range), or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used. The filling rate and the coverage ratio are both set to be equal to or higher than a predetermined value (or within a predetermined range), whereby both the strength of the case and the heat insulating performance can be satisfied at the same time, and the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be changed. thin. Therefore, it is possible to increase the volume of the storage compartment without changing the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1, and it is possible to increase the storage or storage that can be stored in the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the inside of the machine. In addition, when the wall strength is lowered, the heat insulating box 700 is twisted, and for example, the shelf 80 provided inside may be detached from the rail portion, or a drawer type storage room (or a drawer type door or case, or opened and closed) The slidability of the door sheet or the like is deteriorated. However, in the present embodiment, since the filling rate and/or the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are both set to a predetermined value or more (or within a predetermined range), the heat insulating box can be provided. The wall thickness of the body 700 is thinned, and the strength and thermal insulation performance of the casing can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the shelf 80 provided inside from being detached from the rail portion, or a drawer type storage room (or a drawer type door or The slidability of the casing or the opening and closing door, etc., is deteriorated, and the reliability is lowered.

Further, in the heat insulating box 700 of the first embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is 90% or less. According to the technical idea of the present embodiment as described above, it is desirable that all of the space 315 is the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, as illustrated in FIG. 11 and the like, the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is provided on the rear wall 730, or the rail 755 formed in the inner box 750 is disposed to protrude into the space 315, or a heat insulating box is used, for example, in the refrigerator 1. In the case of the body 700, the compressor 12 that houses the machine room 1A mounted on the heat insulating box 700 or the control device 30 housed in the control board chamber 31 is disposed in the wall space 315 (for example, the number of revolutions of the compressor is controlled, etc.) The device 720 is connected to the wire harness 720 of the wire harness, and thus it is difficult to make the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 more than 90%. Further, when the heat insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, the refrigerator 1, a refrigerant pipe 725 is also disposed in the space 315. Therefore, if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is to be disposed in a space exceeding 90% in the space 315, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 must be used with the wiring type 720 or the refrigerant. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 having the shape of the pipe 725 or the rail portion 755 and the like makes the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 complicated, so that the forming (or formation) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes difficult, and therefore, the vacuum is partitioned. The filling rate of the hot material 400 is set to 90% or less.

In addition, in order to suppress the occurrence of distortion in the strength reduction of the heat insulating box 700, the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 must be adhered to have adhesive strength, but it is useful to install more in the inner box 750. The rail portion 755 or other components (for example, the lighting device 90 or the water mist device 200 or the partition wall 24, etc.) of the shelf 80 disposed in the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) are held, and thus the shape thereof is complicated. Therefore, even if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is passed through the second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape, it is easy to adhere to the outer case 710 side, and it is difficult to adhere the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the inner case 750 side. Adhesion strength.

However, when the rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it can be filled and foamed in the space 315 in a two-phase state, and therefore, Even in the case where the space 315 has the convex portion 450 or the protrusion portion 910 or the rail 755 or other components, there is no problem, and the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be adhered by the polyurethane. Of course, it is also possible to fill a rigid polyurethane foam between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 as an adhesive. At this time, if an unfilled portion (that is, a void) which is not filled with the rigid polyurethane foam is generated in the heat insulating box 700, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is lowered. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, in order to fill the rigid polyurethane foam, it is necessary to secure a predetermined gap (for example, about 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more), and therefore, it is empty. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less.

However, if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is increased, the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space 315 is lowered. Therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is lowered, and the strength of the case of the heat insulating case 700 is lowered. However, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, by using the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in which the heat insulating property and the bending rigidity are both better than the polyurethane, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the case. Further, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating function and strength are mainly provided by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a small thermal conductivity. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 20, the vacuum heat insulating material is used. When the filling ratio is 40% or more, the strength of the casing 700 can be improved even if the filling amount of the rigid polyurethane is small. Further, as shown in Fig. 19, by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (that is, increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material), it is possible to combine the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane combination. The composite thermal conductivity of the heat insulating material becomes small, so that the heat insulating performance of the casing 700 is improved.

Here, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased and the bending elastic modulus (bending rigidity) is increased, the heat insulating property of the rigid polyurethane foam itself is lowered, but by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 The coverage and filling rate are above a predetermined value, and the effect of reducing the thermal insulation property of the polyurethane can be reduced, so that there is no problem. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 16, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is made larger than in the past, for example, more than 60 kg/m ³ , whereby the rigid polyurethane can be made. The flexural modulus of the acid ester foam is 15 MPa or more, which is greater than the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the conventional heat insulating box (for example, about 6 to 10 MPa), and the vacuum barrier can be disposed. The strength of the box of the portion of the hot material 400 is also enhanced. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the refrigerator, the display cabinet, the water storage device, and the like, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and the side of the vacuum heat insulating material is provided. The coverage of the back surface is set to 70% or more, and it is possible to suppress the decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam, and also to suppress the heat-insulating case 700 which cannot withstand the distortion caused by the weight of the storage object. The deformation. In other words, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved, and good heat insulating performance can be obtained, so that a vacuum insulation material with high reliability and energy saving can be obtained. The heat insulating box, the refrigerator with the vacuum heat insulating material, the display cabinet with the vacuum heat insulating material, the water storage device with the vacuum heat insulating material, and the machine with the vacuum heat insulating material.

In addition, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is adjusted, for example, by the amount of the raw liquid of the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the injection space 315 more than in the past (the injection time is elongated, or injected). The pressure becomes larger) and can be adjusted to increase or decrease the density. In addition, as shown in Fig. 16, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased in proportion to the density, and therefore, when it is increased in density, it becomes large, and if the bending modulus is large, the bending modulus is large. Further, the rigidity of the case is also increased, and it is preferable that the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is preferably 150 MPa or less. In the rigid polyurethane foam, when the flexural modulus is more than 150 MPa, the rigid polyurethane foam becomes too large to be foamed into a sponge shape and hardens, and the heat insulating property is drastically lowered, so if it is hard The flexural modulus of the polyurethane is 150 MPa or less, and it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating performance, and it is preferable to obtain a high-performance heat insulating box. However, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. Causes an increase in cost, (2) leakage of polyurethane from the case or the like due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the case due to an increase in the foaming pressure at the time of foaming of the polyurethane The adhesion preventing force and the adhesion force of the deformation inhibiting mold or the box-pressing member and the like are increased, so that it is difficult for the box deformation suppressing mold or the box pressing member to come out of the case (it is difficult to (4) When the density of the polyurethane increases, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. Therefore, the polyamino group is used as an intermediate material. The density of a heat insulating material such as a formic acid ester (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of a foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably It is preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less.

In the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, a refrigerator of a later-described type.

(1) The total thickness of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is 2 mm or less, and the average thickness of the heat insulating case 700 including the thickness of the outer case 710 and the thickness of the inner case 750 is 20 mm or more at 40 mm. In the following heat insulating box (here, the thickness of the wall including the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, the partition wall 24, and the like is preferably 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less, and the outer case 710 is subtracted. The average distance (thickness in the wall) of the space 315 of the plate thickness of the inner box 750 is about 18 mm to 38 mm.

(2) The thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is about 10 mm to 30 mm, and the wall of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441) The average flow path width (polyurethane channel thickness) in the thickness direction of the rigid polyurethane foam in the inner space 315 is 1 mm or more (more preferably 3 mm or more), and is 11 mm or less (if In view of unevenness or unevenness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less.

(3) The thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam is 0.018 W/(m‧K) to 0.026 W/(m‧K).

(4) The thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0019 W/(m‧K) to 0.0025 W/(m‧K).

(5) The internal volume is 200L~600L, and the power consumption under the established conditions is below 60W.

In the heat insulating performance of the refrigerator 1, the filling rate and the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are set within a predetermined range and the size or thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is selected, whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 dominates. Since the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box and the strength of the heat insulating box body are small, if the heat conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is small, the composite heat conductivity of the heat insulating box body can be reduced, so that it is preferably 0.0030 W/ (m‧K) The following is better. When the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 exceeds 0.0030 W/(m·K), the influence of the reduction in the wall thickness on the heat insulating performance is large, the heat insulating performance is deteriorated, and the amount of consumed electric power is increased. Therefore, in the present embodiment, by setting the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to 0.0030 W/(m·K) or less, the influence of the reduction in the heat insulating performance due to the reduction in thickness is suppressed. Further, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is preferably as small as possible, but the cost required to reduce the thermal conductivity by 0.001 W/(m ‧ K) is greatly increased, and therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used. Articles having a thermal conductivity of 0.0012 W/(m‧K) or more. If the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0019 W/(m·K) or more and 0.0025 W/(m·K) or less, it is harder than the hard polymer. The thermal conductivity of the urethane foam is about 10 times smaller, and therefore, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is much higher than in the past, and the product pattern can be satisfied. Therefore, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is about 0.0012 W/(m ‧ K) or more and 0.0030 W/(m ‧ K) or less (0.0019 W/(m ‧ K) or more and 0.0025 W / (m ‧ K) The following are good items.

Table 1 shows the relationship between the wall thickness, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the deformation amount of the case of the heat insulating box 700, and the heat insulating effect of the embodiment of the present invention. An example of the case 700. The first item of Table 1 is a past model, and has a wall thickness of 40 mm, a filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of 20%, and a bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The result is 9 MPa. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used as a material having a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa. According to the first item and the second item of Table 1, when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20% and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane is 9 MPa, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is changed from 40 mm. When the thickness is 30 mm, the strength of the case is lowered. Therefore, as shown in the third item, when the wall thickness is reduced to 30 mm, when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to 40% or more, the deformation amount of the case is larger than the first item (the past). Some, but reduced to the same level as item 1 (past).

As shown in the fourth item of Table 1, even if the thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced from the past 40 mm (the first item in Table 1) to 30 mm, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more. Further, when the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is 15 MPa or more (fourth item in Table 1), the amount of deformation of the casing can be made smaller than in the past (first item), and therefore the casing of the heat insulating box 700 can be made. The strength is above the past product (item 1). That is, even if the wall thickness is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), When the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane are set to be equal to or higher than a predetermined value, the strength of the casing is not lowered, and the heat insulating performance can be improved. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a thing having a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more is used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane is set. When the thickness of the heat insulating box is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be made higher than in the past.

Further, in the outer covering material (outer film) forming the outer periphery of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is preferable to use an aluminum vapor deposited film rather than an aluminum foil film. In order to suppress heat leakage generated by the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the so-called heat bridge phenomenon in which the heat is transmitted through the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and leaked from the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the inside), vacuum heat insulation The outer covering material of the material 400 is preferably an aluminum vapor-deposited film which is less likely to cause a thermal bridge phenomenon as an outer covering material (outer film) than an aluminum foil film.

Further, in the rigid polyurethane foam of the first embodiment, the flexural modulus, the thermal conductivity, and the density are measured, for example, a rigid polyurethane foam having a predetermined size (for example, 100 × 100 × 5 mm or more). Cut it out and measure it. In the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed, portions of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, and the bottom surface are provided with a vacuum heat insulating material. Cut a plurality of pieces and calculate the average value. (In the case where only one place can be cut out, it can be measured by a plurality of positions in one place, etc.). When the door piece is also provided with a vacuum heat insulating material, the polyurethane density, the bending elastic modulus, and the thermal conductivity may be measured for the door piece. Further, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed, a plurality of sheets may be cut out on the five sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, and the bottom surface, and the average value thereof may be calculated. In the present embodiment, in either case, the measurement is performed by cutting out a position at which the density or the bending elastic modulus is large. In addition, when the rigid polyurethane foam is not cut out by a predetermined size such as the wiring member 720 such as the refrigerant pipe 725 or the lead wire, the position can be cut to a predetermined size at a position close to the center position. can.

In the present embodiment, the density of the polyurethane having the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed and not disposed is measured on the six surfaces of the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door sheet. The modulus of elasticity is such that the density or flexural modulus of the polyurethane is above a predetermined value. By adjusting the density of the polyurethane foam, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, the wall thickness, and the like, it can be present between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710. The density or flexural modulus of the polyurethane between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 is set to be greater than or equal to a predetermined value.

Here, in the present embodiment, among the six faces of the right and left side faces, the back face, the top face, the bottom face, or the door piece, at least a portion of the polyurethane of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed for each surface. The density and the bending elastic modulus are set to be equal to or greater than a predetermined value, and the density and bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane in which at least the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed may be set to a predetermined value or more. Here, if the density and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane are set to a predetermined value or more in each of the six sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door sheet, the arrangement is not provided. The strength of the portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 also increases. In addition, since the strength can be obtained in each surface, it is possible to obtain a high-strength heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a machine with high reliability at a low cost by setting only a necessary portion. In addition, when the density of the six faces of the left and right side faces, the back face, the top face, the bottom face, or the door piece, or the average value of the bending elastic modulus is set to be equal to or greater than the first predetermined value (the density is 60 kg/m ³ or more, the bending elastic modulus is 15 MPa or more), when the second predetermined value or less (density is 100 kg/m ³ or less, and the bending elastic modulus is 150 MPa or less), the strength of the entire casing can be ensured, and the heat insulating box having high heat insulating performance and high reliability can be obtained. , refrigerator, machine.

In addition, in the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the filling rate, the coverage and the filling ratio of the total surface or the plurality of surfaces are set in the six sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door sheet. When the strength is higher than the predetermined value, the strength and the heat insulation performance can be obtained on the individual surfaces. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a high-quality heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine with high reliability at a low cost only in a necessary portion. In addition, when the total of the six sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door piece is set to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the entire casing can be ensured and the heat insulation performance can be improved, and the heat insulation performance can be improved and reliably. High-insulation insulation cabinet, refrigerator, and machine.

As described above, in the heat insulating box 700 according to the embodiment of the present invention, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is made larger than a predetermined value (60%) (the coverage of the side back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 70% or more). In addition, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also larger than a predetermined value (40%), and the filling amount of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the heat insulating performance and the casing of the heat insulating box can be ensured. strength It is also possible to make the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 thinner than in the past. Therefore, the heat insulating performance is improved, the energy is saved, and the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased by an increase in the thickness of the wall. Therefore, it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the display cabinet, and the like having excellent internal volume efficiency. machine. In other words, according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to increase the internal volume (for example, the internal volume of the storage rooms 2 to 6) than in the past without changing the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the display cabinet. The storage stored in the heat insulating box 700 or the inside of the refrigerator 1 can also be increased as compared with the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box 700, a refrigerator, a display cabinet, and the like that are easy for the user to use and save energy. On the other hand, if the internal volume (for example, the internal volume of the storage compartments 2 to 6) is the same as in the past, the external dimensions can be reduced, and therefore, the heat-insulating housing 700, the refrigerator 1, the display cabinet, and the storage can be obtained which are energy-saving and simple. A machine such as a hot water device.

In addition, the form or shape of the heat insulation box 700 or the refrigerator 1 shown in this embodiment is only an example. For example, the storage storage space of the heat insulating box 700 can be divided into three storage spaces (storage chambers) by three horizontal partition plates. Further, for example, the storage space of the heat insulating box 700 may be divided into three horizontal partition plates and divided by the vertical partition plates to form five storage spaces (storage chambers). By increasing the number of partition walls, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved. In other words, as the number of the partition walls increases, the number of the storage chambers or the storage chamber increases, and the effect of improving the strength of the casing can be obtained by the partition plate. Therefore, even the portion covering the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is hard. The average thickness of the polyurethane foam (the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750) is thin (for example, 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, and preferably 6 mm or less), and it is ensured. Full box strength. Therefore, it is possible to not change the outside of the heat insulating box 700 The shape size, while increasing the volume of the storage compartment, can increase the storage that can be stored inside the heat insulation box 700.

Further, in the present embodiment, the internal structure of the partition wall 24 can be configured in the same manner as the heat insulating box 700. That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the inner space of the partition wall 24 and filled with a rigid polyurethane foam. However, if the rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive, it is thin. For example, it is preferably 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm in consideration of unevenness or surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material), and is preferably 6 mm or less. Here, in the partition wall 24, the piping 725 or the wiring 720 is not disposed as in the heat insulating box 700. Therefore, in this case, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 for the partition wall 24 can be set to and separated. 40% or more and 90% or less of the same size of the hot case 700. However, in the partition wall 24, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed almost entirely in the size of the partition wall 24 (the space in the partition wall 24). The filling rate is increased, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to the extent of 40% or more and 95% or less. Further, the polyurethane foam may have a flexural modulus of 15 MPa or more and a density of 60 kg/m ³ or more. In this manner, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also disposed in the partition wall 24 and the filling rate thereof is set within a predetermined range, whereby the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved.

In the present embodiment, in the case of the heat insulating box or the heat insulating wall having the vacuum heat insulating material, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is transmitted through the heat fusion or the double-sided tape to be different from the foaming polymerization in consideration of assemblability. The second adhesive of the urethane is directly attached to the outer case 710, and a rigid polyurethane foam is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 as an adhesive for the purpose of adhesion, but It is also possible to arrange EPS, etc. in the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. The resin is formed of a spacer to dispose the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, and the rigid polyurethane foam is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710. And between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the inner case 750 by a second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape, and the polyurethane foam is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710. can.

Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is floated between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 by a spacer or the like, the spacer is provided on the inner surface side of the outer case 710 (outer case 710 and vacuum heat insulation) A refrigerant pipe 725 (for example, a condensing pipe) may be provided in the space between the materials 400. The refrigerant pipe 725 is a condensing pipe through which the high-temperature high-pressure refrigerant discharged from the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A flows, and the heat is transmitted through the pipe wall and the outer casing 710 of the refrigerant pipe 725, and is surrounded by the refrigerant pipe 725. The air is cooled by the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant pipe 725 to condense the refrigerant, thereby being used as a condensing pipe. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, a resin spacer having a thickness equal to or larger than the diameter of the refrigerant pipe 725 is provided on the inner wall of the outer casing 710 at a position (not facing) where the refrigerant pipe 725 does not overlap. When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached to the spacer, the refrigerant pipe 725 is attached to the outer case 710, and the spacer attached to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer case 710 by double-sided tape or the like so that It is covered on the refrigerant pipe 725, making manufacturing easy. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at a predetermined interval from the inner box 750, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at a predetermined interval from the outer box 710. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded in a rigid polyurethane foam to improve heat insulating properties.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 is foamed and filled in the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded in the rigid polyurethane foam. In this case, the refrigerant pipe 725 is often provided between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer casing are configured by using a spacer made of resin such as EPS. The 710 is maintained at a predetermined distance, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed.

In addition, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes higher in temperature, it is easy to absorb the surrounding gas, and the internal vacuum degree is lowered to deteriorate the thermal conductivity. When the outside air temperature is high in the summer, the ambient temperature (surrounding air temperature) of the outer casing 710 is increased, and the temperature of the outer casing 710 itself is also increased, and the piping 725 used as the condensing duct is also changed. In consideration of the reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is desirable to keep the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer case 710 or the refrigerant pipe (condensing pipe) 725. By keeping the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer case 710 or the refrigerant pipe (condensing pipe) 725, deterioration due to an increase in the temperature of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be suppressed, and therefore, vacuum insulation is performed by the spacer. When the material 400 is floated away from the wall surface of the outer casing 710 or the refrigerant pipe 725, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating performance, and it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 which are highly reliable for a long period of time.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 lowers the degree of vacuum inside by absorbing the surrounding gas (air or the like), and the thermal conductivity is deteriorated. However, if a spacer made of a resin such as EPS is attached to the outer case 710, When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded in the rigid polyurethane foam, the amount of gas (air or the like) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, and therefore, it is possible to suppress absorption of the periphery of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Gas (air, etc.) can suppress because of the truth The deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 due to the decrease in the degree of vacancy can maintain high heat insulating performance for a long period of time, and can provide a highly reliable heat insulating box 700, a refrigerator 1, a machine, and the like.

In particular, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is higher than the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the conventional heat insulating box. (The density is 60 kg/m ³ or more), therefore, the bubbles in the rigid polyurethane foam are reduced corresponding to an increase in density, and the amount of gas (air amount) in the bubbles may be reduced. Therefore, if the periphery of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded or covered with a rigid polyurethane foam, the amount of gas (air or the like) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, and the vacuum insulation can be suppressed. The degree of vacuum of the hot material 400 is lowered (the greater the density of the polyurethane, the smaller the number of voids in the polyurethane and the smaller the amount of air in the polyurethane). In particular, when the thickness of the polyurethane is small (for example, when it is 11 mm or less), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can easily receive the gas such as air around the polyurethane, and the like, by increasing the poly The density of the urethane reduces the amount of gas around the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be effectively suppressed. Therefore, deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be further suppressed, and the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the machine having high reliability for a long period of time can be provided.

In the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is disposed in the space 315 is described as an example. However, in the heat insulating box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is not provided in the space 315, It is of course also possible to embed the vacuum insulation material 400 in a rigid polyurethane foam. Since the amount of gas (air, etc.) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, it is possible to By suppressing deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700 having high reliability for a long period of time.

Here, in the inner box 750, the heat insulating box 700 having the structure of the rail portion (the drawer type drawer or the recessed portion of the drawer type storage chamber) 755, the refrigerator 1 and the like are not formed, and the inner box 750 is easy to use an adhesive or When the double-sided tape or the like directly attaches the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, all or a part of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on the inner case 750 side.

Here, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is passed through the heat insulating box 700 which is directly attached to the inner case 750 side, such as hot melt or double-sided tape, as in the present embodiment, a smaller amount can be used. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provides energy saving and the internal volume efficiency of the storage compartment is superior to that of the conventional heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1. That is, in the case of the heat insulating box 700 having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape or a rectangular tube shape, the surface area of the outer case 710 is larger than the surface area of the inner case 750, and therefore, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached, it is attached to The surface of the inner case 750 can be made smaller than the area attached to the surface of the outer case 710. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating case, a refrigerator, a display case, a water storage device, and a machine having excellent heat insulating properties at low cost. Further, for example, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the same size is attached, the corner portion of the heat insulating box 700 having a rectangular parallelepiped shape (for example, the back surface of the heat insulating box 700 and the corner portion or the top side connecting portion) In the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer casing 710 side, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer casing 710 side, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer casing 750 side, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer casing 750 side. The gap between the vacuum heat insulating materials 400 of the adjacent wall surfaces in the corner portion (for example, the gap or distance between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the top surface and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the adjacent side surface) is large. That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the inner box as compared with the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the same size is disposed in the outer case 710. 750, the gap between the adjacent vacuum heat insulating materials 400 can be made small, and the heat loss due to heat leakage can be reduced in accordance with the gap, and the heat insulation efficiency can be improved. The box 700, the refrigerator 1, the display cabinet, the water storage device, and the machine.

Further, the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment has a hinge type or a drawer type opening and closing for opening and closing the opening of the plurality of storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 which are partitioned by the partition wall 24 in the inside. Door piece. This door piece has, for example, an outer structural member (outer plate) made of metal, and an inner side member (inner plate) made of, for example, a resin. Further, a rigid polyurethane foam and a vacuum heat insulating material 400 are disposed (filled) in the inner space of the door piece formed between the outer and inner members. The door piece is also formed based on the technical idea of setting the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material to a predetermined range in the heat insulating box, and providing almost all the heat insulating functions by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the inner space of the door piece is 40% to 90%, and the coverage is 70% or more.

When the opening and closing flap is manufactured, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered and fixed to the outer member by the second adhesive, and the raw material of the liquid rigid polyurethane foam is injected into the vacuum heat insulating material and the inside. The space between the members, the space between the outer member and the inner member is foamed so that the outer member, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the inner member can be integrally formed, thereby being able to be used as a hair A rigid polyurethane foam of foam insulation is filled in the interior of the door. In this case, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam may be 1 mm or more (more preferably 3 mm or more) or 11 mm or less (10 mm or less, preferably 6 mm or less) as long as it has strength as an adhesive. good) Just fine.

Further, in the opening and closing door piece, in the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, the frame for supporting the storage box (accommodating case 520), or the door pocket portion, or the shelf 80 is attached. It is necessary to connect or hold the fixing screw of the frame, the fixing member of the door pocket portion, the mounting member of the shelf 80, or the like to the inside of the opening and closing flap by using a connecting member such as a screw or a fixing member or a holding member. (inside the library). In this case, there may be cases where the structural member or the fixed member or the holding member protrudes from the inner space of the door piece, and when it comes into contact with the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the outer layer of the vacuum heat insulating material may be damaged. Therefore, it is preferable to dispose or fill the inside of the opening and closing flap with a polyurethane foam having a thickness that does not cause the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to be damaged. However, in the case where it is particularly required to be mounted on a storage compartment side (inner panel side) of the opening and closing door piece (for example, a structural member, a fixed member or a holding member, etc.), vacuum insulation can be attached to the inner panel. Material 400. In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material can be attached to the inner panel while avoiding the installation of the vacuum heat insulating material.

In addition, the outer surface member (outer plate) and the inner member (inner plate) are provided, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the inner space of the door piece formed by the outer and inner members, and will be used as a hair piece. In the case where the rigid polyurethane foam of the foaming material is filled between the outer member or the inner member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, if the density of the foamed heat insulating material is more than 60 kg/m ³ , Then, the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the like for fixing the fixing member for supporting the frame of the storage box (accommodating case 520) is increased, and therefore, even if the weight is accommodated in the case 520, the door piece is not deformed. It is possible to stably perform the entry and exit of the casing 520, and to obtain a highly reliable refrigerator or machine. In addition, the holding strength or the fixing strength of a screw or the like for fixing a fixing member of another member such as a handle is increased, and therefore, when the door mounting member such as a handle of another member is attached to the door piece, the door piece is raised. The mounting strength of the mounting member to the door piece is such that the door piece is not easily deformed, and the door piece can be stably opened and closed, resulting in a highly reliable refrigerator or machine. In addition, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam as the foam heat insulating material between the outer member member or the inner member member and the vacuum heat insulating member 400 is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the foaming can be improved. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material increases the strength of the door piece.

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on all of the opening and closing flaps or a part of the opening and closing flaps. For example, in the case where the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat insulating box 700 (for example, in the storage compartment) is relatively small (for example, a storage compartment of a refrigerating temperature zone such as the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5), even a vacuum heat insulating material is used. The effect of the heat insulation performance of the 400 on the opening and closing door is also small. In this case, sufficient heat insulation performance can be ensured without disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the opening and closing door piece. In the vacuum heat insulating material 400, when the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat insulating box 700 (for example, in the storage compartment) is relatively large (for example, storage of the freezing temperature zone of the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, or the freezing compartment 6) In the case of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the effect of improving the heat insulating performance of the opening and closing door piece is large. Therefore, in the case of a storage compartment of a freezing temperature zone in which the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat insulating box 700 (for example, a storage compartment) is relatively large, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed in the opening and closing door piece, thereby ensuring Full thermal insulation properties.

Further, a glass surface material may be used for the outer panel of the door sheet. In this case, the glass surface material is attached to the resin having the frame portion and the inner side surface of the chamber and the front side opening, without using the outer panel. An opening portion of the front side of the frame member of the inner member (the side opposite to the inner side surface of the library) to form an inner space of the door piece, and the rigid polyurethane foam and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are disposed (filled) in The interior space of this door can be. In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is an adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) which is an intermediate member in a state where a second adhesive such as a double-sided tape is adhered to the inner surface of the inner member. Plastic) fills or coats or seals the interior of the entry sheet. Here, the density of the adhesive (hard polyurethane foam) as the intermediate member is 60 kg/m ³ or more, whereby the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member is formed into a dense Moreover, since the bending elastic modulus is large, the glass surface material can be improved in adhesion or adhesion strength even when a glass surface material is used, and a rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate member in the inner space of the door piece. The strength (rigidity) of the plastic is increased, so the strength (rigidity) of the door piece is also improved. Further, since the thickness of the intermediate member is 11 mm or less (e.g., preferably less than 10 mm), the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the polyurethane foam is reduced. . Therefore, the thickness of the door piece can be reduced, and the strength of the case can be improved. In addition, if a self-adhesive rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediate member (adhesive), [(the thickness of the intermediate member) / (the thickness of the intermediate member + the vacuum insulation material) When the thickness is set to 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity of the door sheet formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, so that even if the thickness of the door sheet is made small, Improve thermal insulation performance.

As described above, in the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the machine of the present embodiment, the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the inner space of the inner space of the opening and closing flap are both The total volume of the space, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) Within the established range (for example, 40% or more and 80% or less). Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, the distance between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the opening and closing flap) can be made thinner than in the past, and therefore, energy saving can be provided and the internal volume efficiency of the storage chamber is excellent. In the past, the heat insulation box 700, the refrigerator 1, the machine. Therefore, even if the outer shape of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 is not changed, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be made larger than in the past, so that the storage that can be stored in the heat insulating box 700 can be made larger than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box 700 having good heat insulating performance and high commercial value, and a refrigerator, a water storage device, a display cabinet, and a machine, which are superior in energy efficiency to the past.

Further, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315, the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space 315 is lowered. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is made larger than in the past (for example, more than 60 kg/m ³ ), and the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is 15.0 MPa or more. It is larger than the flexural modulus (6 MPa to 10 MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam used for the past heat insulating box. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress a decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam, and it is not possible to prevent the storage space or the storage contents in the storage room from being able to withstand or The problem of deformation or the like of the twisted heat insulating box 700 due to the weight of the door panel can be achieved, and the heat insulating case 700, the refrigerator 1, or the machine having high reliability can be obtained.

Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment or the heat insulating box 700 having the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to prevent the vacuum heat insulating material 400 from being twisted and closed, and the opening and closing of the door piece cannot be smoothly opened and closed. It is possible to suppress deterioration of appearance due to deformation. In addition, it can prevent opening and closing of the door and The positional relationship between the gasket of the opening of the sealed heat insulating box and the contact surface (sealing surface) of the gasket is shifted to cause a gap, and the air in the storage chamber (cool air in the refrigerator) flows out to the outside of the heat insulating box. Therefore, even if a large amount of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used, the performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be suppressed from being lowered or the reliability is low, and the heat insulating property is excellent, so that the refrigerator which is energy-saving and highly reliable can be obtained or has a vacuum partition. A heat insulating box of a hot material or a machine having a vacuum heat insulating material or a machine having a heat insulating box.

In addition, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. Causes an increase in cost, (2) leakage of polyurethane from the case or the like due to an increase in the injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the case due to an increase in the foaming pressure at the time of foaming of the polyurethane The adhesion preventing force and the adhesion force of the deformation inhibiting mold or the box-pressing member and the like are increased, so that it is difficult for the box deformation suppressing mold or the box pressing member to come out of the case (it is difficult to (4) When the density of the polyurethane increases, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. Therefore, the polyamino group is used as an intermediate material. The density of a heat insulating material such as a formic acid ester (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of a foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably It is preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less.

Here, as in the case where the heat insulating box 700 is used for a refrigerator, in the case of an elongated rectangular parallelepiped shape in which the height in the up-and-down direction is greater than the length in the width direction, the bottom wall 780 or the top wall 740 or the storage is stored in a horizontally arranged manner. The partition wall 24 or the like between the chambers, the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 which are slightly vertically arranged is relatively elongated The shape is therefore weak and is easily deformed. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the filling rate and the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are both set within a predetermined range, whereby the strength (rigidity) of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved. Further, by providing the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910, the strength of the casing can be improved. Further, the convex portion 450 is provided so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the concave portion 440 and the second concave portion 441 by a predetermined length X, and the other end is connected to the side wall 790, whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be transmitted through the hard surface. The polyurethane foam and the convex portion 450 are integrally formed, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be formed integrally with the rigid polyurethane foam and the side wall 790, thereby improving the strength of the casing 700. .

Fig. 21 is a view showing the relationship between the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the surface area of the side surface portion 790 and the back surface portion of the heat insulating box 700, and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box. The result of the calculation. The strength of the heat insulating box is such that the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 have an elongated rectangular shape, and the rigidity is weaker than that of the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24, etc., so that the rigidity is weak. By setting the side back coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the case can be improved. Here, the relationship between the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the surface areas of the side surface portion 790 and the back surface wall 730 and the heat insulating box body will be described.

In Fig. 21, the horizontal axis indicates the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the surface area of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700, and the vertical axis indicates the amount of deformation of the case. . Here, the density of the polyurethane is 60 kg/m ³ , the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40%, and the deformation amount of the case when the area ratio (side back coverage) of the side back surface is 50% is 1. The bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 used for the calculation is 20 MPa, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam which is larger than the past is used based on the measurement result of the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material actually used. (for example, about 6~10MPa). Here, when the area ratio (side back coverage) is changed, since the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is fixed at 40%, if the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, vacuum insulation is applied. The thickness of the material becomes smaller.

In addition, the refrigerator 1 used for the calculation is an example, and is set to a refrigerator of four or more doors (for example, a four-door or five-door or six-door design), an internal volume of 500 L, and a power consumption of 40 W or less. The average distance (wall thickness) including the thickness of the plate between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is 30 mm, and the thickness of the space 315 (thickness in the wall) when the plate thicknesses of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 are respectively assumed to be 1 mm 28mm. The density of the rigid polyurethane foam is 60 kg/m ³ , the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0021 (W/mK), and the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam is 0.019 (W/mK). The vacuum insulation material 400 has an insulation performance about 10 times higher than that of the rigid polyurethane foam.

In Fig. 21, the horizontal axis indicates the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the total surface area of the heat insulating side wall and the back wall (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio on the side surface), and the vertical axis indicates that a predetermined load is applied. The amount of deformation of the casing (the amount of collapse of the casing) when the heat insulating box 700 of the door panel is opened and closed. Here, the amount of deformation of the case indicates that, for example, a height position of about 1/4 from the side wall of one side of the heat insulating box is applied to a predetermined horizontal direction (horizontal direction, left-right direction when the front opening portion is viewed from the front) The amount of deformation in the left-right direction of the upper end of the side wall of the heat insulating box at the time of load.

In Fig. 21, it can be known that when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is added When the area ratio is used, the amount of deformation of the casing becomes small. When the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is 70% or more, the rate of change of the deformation amount of the casing becomes small. In other words, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface reaches 70%, when the area ratio becomes large, the rate of change of the deformation amount of the box is rapidly reduced, but when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface is 70% or more, even The area ratio becomes larger and the amount of deformation of the case hardly changes. Therefore, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is 70% or more, the ratio of the deformation amount of the box body becomes extremely small, even if the ratio of the side surface area of the vacuum heat insulating material becomes large. The amount of deformation of the box is also almost unchanged. This is because the degree of influence of the side back area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material on the strength of the box is almost saturated.

Here, since the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is fixed at 40% for calculation, when the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes large, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes thin. In the side of the vacuum heat insulating material, before the area ratio of the back surface reaches 70%, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface is increased, the strength of the box is increased due to the increased arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material. The amount of reduction in the deformation of the casing is greater than the increase in the deformation of the casing caused by the thinning of the thickness of the vacuum insulation material. Therefore, the rigidity of the casing is increased, and the deformation amount of the casing is reduced. However, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material exceeds 70%, the increase in the deformation of the casing caused by the decrease in the strength of the vacuum heat insulating material is almost the same as that of the vacuum heat insulation. When the arrangement area of the material is increased, the amount of deformation of the casing caused by the increase in the strength of the casing is increased, so that the reduction ratio of the deformation amount of the casing is small.

In addition, when the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is made thinner by increasing the ratio of the arrangement area (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material, the rigid polyurethane foam is used. The thickness of the material becomes thicker. Before the arrangement area reaches 70%, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is greater than or equal to the predetermined thickness. Therefore, the influence of the increase in the area ratio on the strength of the heat insulating box is greater than the thickness reduction of the vacuum heat insulating material. In addition, when the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is reduced, and the thickness of the polyurethane is increased, whereby the polyurethane is used. The amount of increase in the thickness of the ester and the increase in the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material become the same for the strength of the heat insulating box, and the reduction ratio of the amount of deformation of the case becomes small.

Therefore, when the area ratio (side back coverage) of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the strength of the case can be obtained, and a highly reliable case can be obtained. In addition, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the amount of deformation of the casing hardly changes. Therefore, even if the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material does not occur, Since the amount of deformation of the casing is hardly changed, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a display cabinet, and a machine with high strength, high design, and high reliability. When the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value (60% or more), and the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a second predetermined value (70%) or more, heat insulation can be improved. Performance, and can reduce the amount of deformation of the box, therefore, it can obtain refrigerators, display cabinets and machines with good heat insulation performance, high reliability and energy saving.

Here, when the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is made constant and the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, the coverage and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased, but the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased. In addition, the cost is increased. Therefore, it is relatively low-cost to increase the strength of the heat insulating box 700 without changing the filling rate, and the vacuum insulation material can be increased. The area is provided to improve the heat insulation efficiency. Therefore, the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more, and the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is 70% or more, whereby the partition can be efficiently and efficiently ensured. The strength of the hot box. Therefore, the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is set to the second predetermined value (the area ratio at which the reduction ratio of the deformation amount of the heat insulating box becomes small, For example, when the thickness is 70% or more, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be made thin (the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced), and the internal volume of the storage chamber can be increased. The larger the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 (the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material on the side and the back side), the smaller the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box 700, and therefore the heat insulating box 700 can be made. The strength of the heat insulating box 700 having high strength and excellent heat insulating performance, the refrigerator 1, and the machine having the heat insulating box can be provided.

(polyurethane physical property)

Here, the physical properties and characteristics of the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the heat insulating box 700 will be described. In the rigid polyurethane foam, by increasing the free foam density, the heat insulating box 700 having stable strength after foaming and excellent appearance and high quality can be improved.

Here, the free foam density is such that the polyurethane is not foamed in a sealed space such as a casing, and the polyurethane is foamed in an open state such as an open container. The density of urethane foam. However, in actuality, since polyurethane is foamed and expanded in a sealed narrow space in the heat insulating box 700, it is foamed and expanded in a sealed narrow space such as the heat insulating box 700. The density of the carbamate will be greater than the free foam density of the polyurethane which is expanded by expansion in the open state.

By increasing the density of the foamed rigid polyurethane foam, as shown in Fig. 16, the bending elastic modulus can be increased, but the polyurethane stock solution is thus filled and filled in the heat insulating box. When the density of the body 700 is increased, the polyurethane having a small expansion ratio used in the past has a small free foam density (26 to 28 kg/m ³ ) and a small expansion ratio. Therefore, when the polyurethane is small, When the thickness of the flow path of the portion through which the acid ester flows is large, the degree of foaming may be uneven, and the density of the polyurethane may be uneven in the vicinity of the injection ports 703 and 704 and at the end portion (the portion far from the injection port). It is difficult to obtain a stable strength.

In the present embodiment, by using the free foam density is greater than in the past (e.g., 25 ~ 28kg / m ³⁾ of rigid polyurethane foam (e.g. free foam density of 30 ~ 45kg / m ^3), even if the polyamino The thickness of the flow path of the portion through which the formate flows is large, and the expansion ratio is large, so that foaming can be stably performed, and density unevenness after foaming can be reduced. Therefore, it is easy to make the density of the polyurethane after foaming substantially uniform.

For example, a foam of a rigid polyurethane foam has air bubbles inside, and if the density is small, there are many bubbles and the heat insulating effect is high. Therefore, in the past, in the heat insulating box 700, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used after foaming was as small as 25 to 28 kg/m ³ . When the past polyurethane foam is used and the bending elastic modulus is 15 MPa or more to ensure the strength of the heat insulating box 700, for example, in the case where the thickness in the wall is 28 mm, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is removed. The polyurethane has a thickness of 8 mm and has to be filled and filled just to the right amount of polyurethane (the rigid polyurethane foam is just and not excessively filled in) The amount of the polyurethane in the case of the target and the density after foaming are easily uniform. The polyurethane having a large amount is likely to have density unevenness.

Furthermore, since it is necessary to inject and fill a polyurethane which is more than the just filling amount of the polyurethane, it is necessary to pressurize or extend the filling time at the time of the polyurethane injection, and therefore, the polyurethane The acid ester may leak from the gap between the heat insulating box 700 or the joint portion of the opening and closing flap (for example, the joint portion of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750), or may not be injected (not filled) with the necessary quantitative amount. Carbamate is difficult to ensure a density of a rigid polyurethane foam filled in a box at a predetermined value (for example, 60 kg/m ³ ) or more. Further, when the polyurethane leaks from the outside of the tank, it is necessary to carry out the operation of removing the leaked polyurethane, which requires a large amount of work time or assembly time, resulting in an increase in cost and a decrease in design. Therefore, in the past, the density of the hard polyurethane filled in the heat insulating box was less than 60 kg/m ³ , and the amount of 25 to 30 kg/m ³ was used, and at most 55 kg/m ³ or less.

Here, in the present embodiment, the amount of the foamed material or the like contained in the polyurethane stock solution is reduced to increase the free foam density. For example, in the heat insulating box 700 in which the thickness of the polyurethane is 8 mm (the channel thickness of the polyurethane after removing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is 8 mm), the free foam density is set at The predetermined value (30 kg/m ³ or more, preferably 35 kg/m ³ or more), so that the density at the time of filling force (the density after the polyurethane foam is not excessively filled in the tank) is more than 60 kg/m ³ The bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be 15 MPa or more. Therefore, it is possible to solve the problem of the density unevenness of the polyurethane or the leakage of the heat insulating case such as the leakage of the polyurethane, and it is possible to obtain the heat insulating case 700 having high reliability and high strength, the refrigerator 1, and the display case. And a machine with a heat insulating box.

Here, if the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is larger than a predetermined value, the heat insulating property may be affected by the density of the polyurethane after foaming, but, as in the 17th to 21st As described above, for example, the thickness of the polyurethane of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed is set to be less than or equal to a predetermined value (11 mm or less, or 6 mm or less), and the thickness/wall thickness of the polyurethane is set. When the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined range (40% or more and 90% or less) below the predetermined value (0.3), the influence on the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box can be reduced (for the heat insulating box) The effect of the thermal insulation properties of the body 700 or the heat insulating box that opens and closes the door). In addition, when the thickness of the polyurethane is 11 mm or less, the free foam density can be set to a predetermined value (for example, 35 kg/m ³ ) or more, so that the polyurethane can be prevented from leaking. Fill amount (can adjust just the amount of fill).

In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be made thinner than in the past, and even if a predetermined strength is ensured, the polyurethane does not easily leak from the outer periphery during filling, and can satisfy With the necessary quality, it is possible to improve the heat insulating box 700 which is energy-saving and has excellent internal volume efficiency. That is, the storage volume of the heat insulating box can be made without changing the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the machine having the heat insulating box (for example, the refrigerator is the internal volume of the storage or the storage chamber volume) Since it is larger than the past, it is possible to store more articles that can be stored inside the heat insulating box 700 than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box 700, a refrigerator 1, or a machine having a heat insulating box which is easy for the user to use and which has good heat insulating properties and high strength and high reliability. Further, if the storage volume in the room (storage room) is set to be the same as in the past, the outer size can be reduced, and the amount of reduction is the amount by which the wall thickness is reduced.

Here, the refrigerator 1 has a cooling device for cooling air (cold air) supplied to a plurality of storage rooms such as the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5. The cooling device is constituted by a compressor 12, a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensing pipe 725), a pressure reducing device (expansion valve or capillary tube, etc.), a cooler 13 and the like to form a refrigeration cycle. Among the components constituting the refrigeration cycle, the compressor 12 and the pressure reducing device are provided in the machine room 1A formed on the lower side of the back surface of the heat insulating box 700 forming the refrigerator 1 (may also be on the upper side of the back surface). The condensing pipe 725 is disposed on, for example, the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 of the heat insulating box 700. On the back side of the storage compartment, a fan grille forming a storage storage space is provided on the storage compartment side of the rear wall 730 and the inner box 750 is a back cover of a different material, and the cooler 13 is disposed in the inner box 750 and the fan. Inside the cooler chamber 131 between the back cover members of the grille or the like. Further, in the cooler chamber 131, a cooling air circulation fan 14 for blowing the air (cold air) cooled by the cooler 13 to each storage of the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5 is further provided. room. Further, a control substrate chamber 31 is provided in an upper portion of the top surface wall 740 or the rear surface wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 (or a slightly central height position of the back surface wall 730), and a control device 30 is provided in the control substrate chamber 31. The device 30 controls the operation of the compressor 12 or the number of revolutions of the cooling air fan 14 or the like, or performs internal temperature control.

In the refrigerator 1 configured as described above, the high-temperature high-pressure gas refrigerant sent from the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A is condensed into a low-temperature high-pressure liquid refrigerant by a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensing pipe) 725, and is low-temperature and high-pressure. The liquid refrigerant is depressurized to a low-temperature low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant by a decompression device, and when it reaches the cooler 13, it has a low temperature of, for example, -20 ° C or lower. The low temperature and low pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant cools the air in the cooler chamber 131 by means of cold The air circulation fan 14 supplies the cooled air to each storage room such as the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5, thereby making each storage compartment of the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5 ( Or the storage items stored in these storage compartments are cooled. On the other hand, the low-temperature low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant that cools the air in the cooler chamber 131 is heated by the air in the cooler chamber 131 to evaporate, and the low-pressure gas refrigerant is again sucked and compressed by the compressor 12.

As described above, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, the total volume of the space 315 formed between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 and the inner space of the inner space of the door panel of the opening and closing door is used as vacuum insulation. The filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material in the volume ratio of the material 400 is a predetermined value (for example, 40% to 80%). Therefore, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, the distance (thickness) between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, or the thickness of the opening and closing flap) is thinner than in the past, the heat insulating performance can be ensured. Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, since the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is improved, the cold air or the storage items in the plurality of storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are not easily heated. It is possible to shorten the operation time of the compressor 12 for cooling and to reduce the air volume of the fan. Therefore, the amount of air (cold air) necessary for cooling in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 can be reduced, and the number of revolutions of the compressor 12 or the time during which the operation is suspended can be reduced, so that energy saving can be performed. Running. Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to save energy more than in the past. Therefore, the refrigerator 1 can increase the volume of the storage compartment (the internal volume of the storage compartment) without increasing the external dimensions, and can increase the storage contents that can be stored in the storage compartment, thereby making it possible to obtain a refrigerator or a machine that is easy to use.

In addition, when the freezer compartment 6 having the largest temperature difference from the outside air is disposed at a substantially central position in the vertical direction, the heat of the outside air can be suppressed from above. Since the lower side enters the freezing compartment 6, the heat entering surface of the freezing compartment 6 from the heat of the outside air can be four surfaces (four sides of the front opening and closing door piece, the left side surface, the right side surface, and the back surface). Therefore, the refrigerator 1 capable of achieving energy saving can be obtained.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the space 315 and the inner space of the door piece is 15.0 MPa or more, and the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can satisfy the predetermined strength. It is possible to suppress a situation such as deformation of the heat insulating box 700 that cannot withstand the distortion caused by the weight of the storage object. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the case where the heat insulating box 700 is skewed and the opening and closing of the door piece is inclined, and it is possible to suppress deterioration in appearance. Further, it is possible to suppress a positional deviation of the sealing member between the opening and closing flap and the front opening of the sealed heat insulating box, and to cause a gap, so that the refrigerating chamber 2, the freezing chamber 6, the vegetable chamber 5, the ice making chamber 3, and the switching The air (cold air) in the chamber 4 leaks to the outside of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1, and an energy-saving refrigerator or machine can be obtained.

In addition, the distribution of the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 or the inner space of the door piece may be changed for each predetermined position in the space 315 or the inner space of the door piece in response to the temperature difference between the outside air and each storage room. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400.

For example, as the freezing chamber 6 (or the ice making chamber 3, the switching chamber 4) of the low-temperature chamber, the temperature difference between the temperature in the storage chamber and the outside air is the largest. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, and the front surface (opening and closing door sheet) of the heat insulating box 700 in the range opposed to the freezing chamber 6 can be made larger than that of other storage chambers ( For example, the wall surface (for example, the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, and the front surface (opening and closing door sheet)) in the range of the refrigerating chamber 2 and the vegetable compartment 5) in the high-temperature chamber has a filling rate of, for example, 60% or more. With this configuration, it can be suppressed The heat intrusion into the freezer compartment 6 of the low temperature lower greenhouse can provide a more energy-efficient refrigerator 1 and machine.

Further, for example, when the outside air temperature is, for example, 30 ° C, the machine room 1A is, for example, 40 ° C or higher, and the temperature of the control substrate chamber 31 is also raised to, for example, 40 ° C or higher. That is, the temperature difference between the wall surface or the partition wall 24 between the storage chambers opposed to the machine room 1A and the control substrate chamber 31 and the storage chamber is larger than the wall surface or the partition wall 24 of the other portions. Therefore, heat easily enters the storage room disposed in the vicinity of the machine room 1A and the control substrate chamber 31. Therefore, in the machine room 1A or the wall surface or the partition wall 24 disposed between the control substrate chamber 31 and the storage chamber, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made higher than that of the other wall surfaces or the partition wall 24 to improve the heat insulation. performance. For example, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the wall surface or the partition wall 24 disposed between the machine room 1A or the control substrate chamber 31 and the storage chamber is 60% (the side back coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 70). The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the other wall surface or the partition wall 24 may be 40% or more (90% or less). According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress the intrusion of heat from the machine room 1A or the control substrate chamber having a high temperature to the storage chamber in the vicinity, and it is possible to make the refrigerator 1 more energy-saving.

The heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment may be used, for example, as a heating device for heating water and a water storage device having a water tank for storing water heated by the heating device. By providing the water tank inside the heat insulating box 700, the water tank can be insulated by the heat insulating box 700 having a smaller outer shape than in the past, and the water storage device can be made more space-saving. Further, the present embodiment can be applied to a device including a heat insulating wall having a vacuum heat insulating material (for example, a refrigerator, a display case, a refrigerator, a water storage device, a hot water bottle, an air conditioner, etc.).

In the embodiment of the present invention, it is not necessary to provide a recess in the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since it is not necessary to use the core material enclosed in the outer covering material as the uneven shape along the outer covering material, a flat article can be used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that it is not necessary to use a fluid granular material. In the core material, an inorganic fiber such as glass fiber or a fiber-based core material such as an organic fiber can be used, and it is not necessary to provide irregularities in complicated processing such as an outer covering material, so that low cost can be obtained, and handling property is improved and improved. Thermal insulation case, refrigerator, and machine.

Here, in the present embodiment, the third intermediate member may be the same as the first intermediate member. Further, the second intermediate member may be the same as the first intermediate member.

(Effects of the implementation)

As described above, in the present embodiment, the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 are formed, and at least the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730, and the heat insulating box 700 having the opening in the front side include: a rear wall 730 and a side wall 790. a convex portion 450 that protrudes toward the front opening portion side than the rear surface wall 730; and a concave portion 440 that is formed in the inner box 750 that forms the rear surface wall 730 and that is recessed toward the rear side from the convex portion 450 when viewed from the front side (also It may be a second recess 441); and at least between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the rear wall 730, and disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a position opposite to the recess 440, at least in the width direction In the (or longitudinal direction), the flat vacuum heat insulating material 400 is larger than the width of the concave portion 440 (shown as the range W of the concave portion 440 in Fig. 8). The convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a predetermined length X, and if an adhesive is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 are formed. When the inner case 750 is used as an intermediate member, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750 is thinned, since the convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by the length X, only Adhesives of overlapping lengths X (for example as foam insulation) The adhesive thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be strongly adhered to the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) forming the concave portion 440 by the adhesive in the convex portion 450. Further, the inner case 750 in which the concave portion 440 is formed and the inner case 750 in which the side wall 790 is formed can also be strongly adhered through the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is reduced, the concave portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the side wall can be made to pass through the convex portion 450 having a large thickness of the adhesive. Since the 790 is formed integrally, the wall thickness of the recessed portion 440 provided with the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced, and the strength of the casing or the wall can be improved.

Here, if an adhesive which is a rigid polyurethane foam having a self-adhesive foamed heat insulating material is used as an intermediate member, even if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are hardly aggregated The thickness of the urethane foam is set to be less than or equal to 11 mm (it is preferably less than 10 mm in consideration of unevenness in thickness or surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400), since the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are only Since the length X is overlapped, only the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 of the overlapping length X portion is increased, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be passed through the convex portion 450. The rigid polyurethane foam is strongly adhered to the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710). Further, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 at the object position of the concave portion 440 is thin, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position opposite to the concave portion 440 can be convex. The rigid polyurethane foam in the portion 450 is integrally formed with the side wall 790, so that the strength of the case or the strength of the wall can be improved even if the wall thickness of the portion where the concave portion 440 is formed is thin.

In addition, it is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 at the rear wall 730 There is at least one surrounding wall (for example, side wall 790, top wall 740, bottom wall 780, partition wall 24), and in the heat insulating box 700 having an opening at the front, the back wall 730 has a convex portion formed at a corner portion of the surrounding wall. The portion 450 and the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441) that is recessed toward the rear side from the convex portion 450 when viewed from the front side, and the inner box 750 disposed at a position opposite to the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441) A flat vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed between the outer casing 710 and at least in the width direction or the longitudinal direction, which is larger than the width P (the range W of the concave portion) of the concave portion 440. The convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a predetermined length X, and if the adhesive is filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the opposite positions where the concave portion 440 is formed, and the convex portion 450 is opposed to the position When the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are used as an intermediate member, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is thin, the convex portion 450 is formed as a vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since the length X is overlapped, only the adhesive thickness of the portion of the overlapping length X (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam as a foamed heat insulating material) is increased, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be provided by the convex portion 450. The inner adhesive is strongly adhered to the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) forming the recess 440. Further, the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top surface wall 740, the bottom surface wall 780, and the partition wall 24) can also be strongly adhered through the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is made thin, the concave portion 440 and the vacuum partition can be made to pass through the convex portion having a large dielectric material thickness (adhesive thickness). The hot material 400 and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24) are integrally formed, and therefore, the wall thickness of the recess 440 provided with the vacuum heat insulating material can be thinned, and Increase the strength of the cabinet or wall.

In addition, if the surrounding wall is any one of the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24 of the chamber (for example, the storage room) connected to the back wall 730, even the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the recess 440 The thickness of the adhesive material of the intermediate member between the inner casing 750 and the inner casing 750 is reduced, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed in the concave portion 440 can be formed by the intermediate member (adhesive) of the convex portion and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790). Since the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24) are integrally formed, the strength of the casing or the strength of the wall can be improved even if the thickness of the wall forming the portion of the recess is thin. In addition, if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediate member (adhesive), it is possible to obtain a predetermined heat insulating property.

In addition, when a foamed heat insulating material having a self-adhesive property, which is liquid or two-phase in a fluid state before filling, foamed after filling, and functions as an adhesive, is used as an intermediate member (adhesive), Even if the gap between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the recessed portion 440 is small, the gap can flow into the liquid in a liquid or two-phase state. Therefore, the intermediate member (adhesive) can be filled and the adhesive strength can be ensured. Or fixed strength. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be ensured even if the wall thickness is thinned. In addition, since the function of the heat insulating material is also exhibited, the heat insulating performance is also improved.

Further, when an adhesive is used as the intermediate member, if the adhesive is a rigid polyurethane foam of a foamed heat insulating material, a portion where the thickness of the polyurethane is thinned (for example, the concave portion 440) When the wall of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed, the effect of the heat insulating material is small, but a rigid polyurethane foam of an intermediate member may be used as the adhesive as in the present embodiment. In addition, it is possible to ensure that the thickness of the polyurethane is a thick portion (for example, a wall in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed), since the effect of the heat insulating material can be obtained, and it can be used. As a heat insulating material, both the strength and the heat insulating performance of the casing can be ensured, and a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, and a machine with high performance and high reliability can be obtained. In addition, rigid polyurethane foam or other heat insulating materials do not have the excellent self-adhesive properties, so even if no other adhesive is used, it can be directly placed on the object (inner box 750, vacuum) The surface of the heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710) is foamed to form a heat insulating layer that is strongly adhered to the object, and both adhesiveness and heat insulating properties can be obtained.

Further, even if the thickness of the adhesive filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 as an intermediate member is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the wall strength or the strength of the case can be ensured by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the thickness of the wall of the wall provided with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made thin.

In addition, the thickness of an adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 which are opposed to the concave portion 440 is set to be 11 mm or less. Further, since the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is small. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the strength of the case can be improved.

Further, in the heat insulating box formed by the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the upper wall 24 (or the top wall 740), the lower wall 24 (or the bottom wall 780) and having the front opening, the heat insulating box having the front wall 730 is provided. a vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner inner box 750 and the outer outer box 710 forming the rear wall 730, or between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface of the side wall 790 and the outer outer box 710 forming the outer side wall 790, And a medium filled or sealed or disposed between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750, and the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 are adhered or fixed or fixed. The material of the material is polyurethane foam, and the thickness of the dielectric material is less than 11 mm, so that the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam can be increased, so even the thickness of the polyurethane foam Smaller can also increase strength. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the strength of the case can be improved.

In addition, if a self-adhesive rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediate member (adhesive), and [(the thickness of the intermediate member) / (the thickness of the intermediate member + the vacuum insulation) When the thickness of the material is set to 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, and therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, Can improve the thermal insulation performance.

In addition, the second adhesive other than the foamed heat insulating material such as hot-melt or double-sided tape is directly adhered between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer casing 710, and is filled and recessed 440 ( Or the thickness of the adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) which is the first intermediate member between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position of the second recess 441) is set to be 11 mm or less. When the thickness of the first intermediate member/(the thickness of the first intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, the second heat insulating material 400 is used as the second adhesive of the second intermediate member. After being directly adhered to the outer case 710, the adhesive which is the first intermediate member is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, so that the assemblability is improved. In addition, when the second adhesive other than the foamed heat insulating material such as hot-melt or double-sided tape is directly adhered between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the wall thickness can be reduced. Further, since the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediate member can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is small. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made smaller It can also increase the strength of the box. Further, the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, and therefore, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is made small.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730, and the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more. This makes it possible to increase the strength of the case and to reduce the amount of deformation of the case. Therefore, a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, a water heater, a machine, and the like which are high in strength and high in reliability can be obtained.

In other words, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 is the sum of the projected areas of the back wall and the side wall. Since the ratio of the total surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more, the strength of the casing can be increased and the amount of deformation of the casing can be reduced. Therefore, a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, a water heater, a machine, and the like which are high in strength and high in reliability can be obtained.

Further, in the heat insulating box 700 having the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is 40% or more can increase the strength of the case and reduce the amount of deformation of the case. Therefore, a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, a water heater, a machine, and the like which are high in strength and high in reliability can be obtained.

Further, the convex portion 450 is provided at the corners of the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, whereby the strength of the box can be improved, and therefore, it is not necessary to be in the vacuum compartment. Since the hot material 400 is provided with irregularities, it is not necessary to use the core material enclosed in the outer covering material as the uneven shape of the outer covering material. Therefore, a flat article can be used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since a fiber-based core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used, a fiber-based core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used as the core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, it is not necessary to use a fluid-like granular material. Since the object is formed into a complicated shape such as unevenness, and it is not necessary to provide the unevenness to complicated processing such as an outer covering material, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and excellent in handleability and heat insulating performance.

Further, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer casing 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to be 11 mm or less ( If the thickness is less than 10 mm, the strength of the casing can be increased. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to use the core material enclosed in the outer covering material as a concave-convex shape along the outer covering material. When a flat-shaped article is used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a fiber-based core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used as the core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, a fiber-based core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used. Since it is a core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is not necessary to use a granular material having fluidity to form a complicated shape such as unevenness, and it is not necessary to provide irregularities in complicated processing such as an outer covering material, and therefore, it is possible to obtain low A heat insulation box, refrigerator, and machine that are cost-effective and have improved heat insulation performance.

Further, the heat insulating box 700, the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for storing the storage, and the cooler 13 for generating the cooling storage chamber are provided with the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 in the vertical direction, and the concave portion 440 or Since the second recessed portion 441 uses the cold air passage 760 that allows the cold airflow generated by the cooler 13 to pass through, the thickness of the portion of the recessed portion can be reduced, the volume of the storage chamber can be increased, and the recessed portion can be used as the cold air. Wind path 760, so there is no need to additionally provide a cold air path.

Further, the heat insulating box 700, the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for storing the storage, and the cooler 13 for generating the cooling storage chamber are provided with the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 in the vertical direction, and the concave portion 440 can be provided. Or the second recessed portion 441 is an air passage that allows the water mist generated by the water mist device 200 to flow. Therefore, the thickness of the wall portion of the concave portion can be made thin, the volume in the storage chamber can be increased, and the concave portion can be used as the water mist air passage. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide the water mist air passage.

Further, since the cooler chamber 131 in which the cooler 13 is provided is provided, the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 communicates with the cooler chamber 131. Therefore, the recessed portion can be used as the cold air passage.

Further, when the water mist path that supplies the water mist generated by the water mist device 200 is used in the convex portion 450, the convex portion reinforces the strength of the casing, and it is not necessary to separately provide the water mist air passage, and the cost can be reduced. A humidifying box that is excellent in design and a refrigerator or the like having the heat insulating box are subjected to humidification, sterilization, and the like.

Further, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is provided on the back surface of the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2), and the illuminating device 900 that illuminates the storage chamber is placed on the upper wall, the lower wall, or the side wall, or the sub-wall forming the storage compartment. Since the partition wall 24 is provided, the cold air passage 760 and the illuminating device 900 can be provided on different wall surfaces, and the degree of freedom in the configuration and arrangement position of the air passage, the arrangement position, or the illuminating device can be improved as compared with the arrangement on the same wall surface.

In addition, by providing the refrigeration cycle and the piping 725 forming the refrigeration cycle in the convex portion 450, it is possible to increase the strength of the casing, and it is possible to obtain a heat-insulating box which is low in cost and excellent in designability without requiring a place where the pipe 725 is separately provided. Body, refrigerator, machine.

In addition, the refrigerating cycle and the protrusion 910 in which the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 are formed to protrude toward the front side (front opening side), and the piping 725 forming the refrigeration cycle are provided in the protruding portion 910, the casing can be improved. The strength and the need to separately provide the place where the pipe 725 is provided, and it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and excellent in design.

In addition, when the control lead wire such as the compressor drive control lead wire or the temperature control lead wire or the tube 720 in which the control lead wire is disposed is disposed in the convex portion 450, the strength of the case can be improved, and it is not necessary to separately provide control. In a place such as a wire or a tube 720, a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and excellent in design can be obtained.

In addition, a refrigerating cycle and a projection 910 that is formed to protrude toward the front side in the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441 are provided, and a control lead wire or a control lead wire such as a compressor drive control lead wire or a temperature control lead wire is disposed. The inner tube 720 or the like is disposed in the protruding portion 910, and the strength of the casing is increased, and it is not necessary to separately provide a place for the control wire or the tube 720, and the heat insulating box and the refrigerator which are low in cost and excellent in design can be obtained. machine.

In addition, the filling ports 703 and 704 are provided in the outer casing 710, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed so as not to block the filling port, and the vacuum heat insulating material is placed. When the foaming heat insulating material is filled, the vacuum heat insulating material does not hinder the hair. The foaming material is filled, so that it can be filled in the entire area of the box. Therefore, a heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a machine which are high in strength and high in reliability are obtained.

In addition, the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 having the top wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and is disposed on the heat insulating box 700 and has a front surface Storage compartments 2, 3, 4 of the opening 5, 6 and a rear wall 730 formed in the storage chamber, a recess 440 (or a second recess 441) provided at a substantially central position in the width direction of the rear wall of the storage compartment, and an inner box disposed at an opposite position to the recess 440 Between the 750 and the outer case 710, a flat vacuum heat insulating material 400 which is larger than the width of the concave portion 440 at least in the width direction, and between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 which are filled in the opposing position with the concave portion 440 are used as A foamed heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) of the intermediate member, the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20 MPa or more, and the concave portion 440 is opposed to the foamed heat insulating material of the positional intermediate member. The thickness is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material/(thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, that is, if it satisfies (1), (2), and (3) which will be described later. At least one of the conditions: (1) the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material ≧ 20 MPa; (2) the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) 0.3; (3) The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is mm11mm (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is preferably <11mm), the wall thickness of the box body can be reduced, and Further, since the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance can be improved, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having a large volume, high strength, and good heat insulating performance in a room (for example, a storage room). In addition, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. Further, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

In addition, the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 having the top wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750; the opening is provided in front of the heat insulating box 700. Department storage room 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; setting The outer surface of the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 is provided at the outer end of the back wall 730 at the wide end or the upper and lower end of the injection ports 703, 704; from the injection port to the outer box 710 and the inner box a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane in the space 315 formed by the 750; the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and the foamed heat insulating material as an intermediate member has a thickness of 11 mm or less ( (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material) / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is set to 0.3 or less, that is, if the conditions (1), (2), and (3) described later are satisfied At least one of: (1) the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material ≧ 20 MPa; (2) the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) ≦ 0.3; (3) The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is mm11 mm (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is preferably <10 mm), and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided with a notch portion 33 at a portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704. So that it does not interfere with the injection ports 703, 704, the wall thickness of the casing can be reduced, and the strength and thermal insulation performance of the casing can be improved, so that the chamber can be increased (for example, storage) Volume within the chamber), and the attainable high strength insulating properties good heat insulation box, a refrigerator, a machine. In addition, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. Further, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. Further, since the coverage area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased without disturbing the injection ports 703 and 704, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having high heat insulating performance.

The utility model comprises: an outer casing 710 and an inner box 750, the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 having a top wall 740, a back wall 730, a side wall 790 and a bottom wall 780; and an opening provided in front of the heat insulating box 700 The storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are provided on the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700, and the injection ports 703 and 704 provided at the outer end portion of the rear surface wall 730 at the wide end portion or the vertical end portion. a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane which is injected into the space 315 formed by the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 from the injection port; the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more as an intermediate member. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is 11 mm or less (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is less than 10 mm), and the density of the foamed heat insulating material is more than 60 kg/m ³ , so that the heat insulating property and the wall strength can be ensured. At the same time, the wall thickness is reduced.

Further, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided with the notch portion 33 so as not to interfere with the injection ports 703 and 704 in the portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704, the thickness of the wall of the casing can be reduced and the thickness of the casing can be reduced. Since the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance are improved, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having a large volume, high strength, and good heat insulating performance in a room (for example, a storage room). In addition, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. Further, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. Further, since the coverage area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased without disturbing the injection ports 703 and 704, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having high heat insulating performance. Here, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. The cost is increased, (2) the polyurethane leaks out of the tank due to the increased injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the foaming pressure is increased due to the foaming of the polyurethane. The adhesion between the body deformation suppressing mold and the case pressing member and the adhesion of the polyurethane and the adhesion force are increased, so that it is difficult to remove the case deformation preventing mold or the case pressing member or the like (it is difficult to remove from the case) (4) When the density of the polyurethane is increased, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. The density of a heat insulating material such as a urethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of a foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably) It is preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730, and the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more. In this way, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which have a small amount of deformation of the casing, high strength and high rigidity, and high heat insulating performance.

In addition, the heat insulating box body is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and has an opening at the front side; the inner surface of the outer box is disposed in the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (attached to the outer box) The vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the inner surface is provided on the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 of the heat insulating box, and is provided at the wide end portion of the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 or the injection ports 703 and 704 at the end portions in the vertical direction; The inlet is injected into a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane in the space 315 formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750; the portions facing the injection ports 703, 704 are separated by injection ports 703, 704 and vacuum. Since the hot material 400 is provided with the notch portion 33 so as not to interfere with each other, the ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material arrangement area to the outer surface area of the back wall of the heat insulating box or the heat insulating box is increased. In addition, it is also possible to increase relative to formation Since the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material of the volume between the outer casing of the casing and the inner casing (the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material) is improved, the heat insulating performance of the refrigerator or the heat insulating box can be improved. Here, the size and shape of the notch portion 33 are not problematic as long as the injection ports 703, 704 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 do not interfere with each other, but are not the same size or slightly larger than the notches or openings of the injection ports 703, 704. Preferably.

Further, the widthwise direction of the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704 is such that the predetermined distance (the inner end position in the width direction) from the left end or the right end of the heat insulating box 700 is Y1, and the thickness of the side wall 790 (wall thickness) When T1mm and the length in the width direction of the filling port (diameter in the case of a circular shape) are r1, the predetermined distance (the inner end position in the width direction) Y1 of the injection ports 703 and 704 in the width direction is equal to or less than T1 + r1. When a filler such as polyurethane is filled from the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704, a filler such as polyurethane can be smoothly flowed into the side wall 790.

In addition, the vertical position of the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704 is set to be Y2 from the upper end or the lower end of the casing 700 in the vertical direction or the end of the machine room 1A (the upper end position in the vertical direction). The thickness (wall thickness) of the heat insulating partition wall partitioned between the storage room and the top wall or the bottom wall or the machine room is T2 mm, and the length of the filling port in the up and down direction (diameter in the case of a circle) is r2, the injection port 703, When the predetermined distance (the up-and-down direction inner end position) Y2 of the 704 is equal to or less than T2+r2, when the filler is filled from the filling port (injection port) 703 or 704, the polyurethane can be used. The filler such as an acid ester smoothly flows into the top wall or the bottom wall or the partition wall.

In addition, the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the volume of the space 315 between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 forming the outer casing of the heat insulating box is 40% or more, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which have a small amount of deformation of the casing, high strength and high rigidity, and high heat insulating performance.

In addition, the heat insulating box body is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and has an opening at the front side; the inner surface of the outer box is disposed in the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (attached to the outer box) The vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the inner surface is provided on the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 of the heat insulating box, and is provided at the wide end portion of the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 or the injection ports 703 and 704 at the end portions in the vertical direction; The inlet is injected into a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane in a space 315 formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750; a portion facing the vacuum heat insulating material and the injection ports 703 and 704, and an injection port 703 The 704 is provided with a notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening, and the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed at least in the back wall 730, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back surface wall 730 and the side wall 790 is disposed. When the ratio of the area to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box having a small deformation amount of the casing, high strength and high rigidity, and excellent heat insulating properties. , refrigerator, machine. Further, since the coverage area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased without disturbing the injection ports 703 and 704, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having high heat insulating performance.

In addition, the heat insulating box body is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and has an opening at the front side; the inner surface of the outer box is disposed in the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (attached to the outer box) The vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the inner surface is provided on the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 of the heat insulating box, and is provided at the wide end portion of the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 or the injection ports 703 and 704 at the end portions in the vertical direction; The inlet is injected into a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane in the space 315 formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750; on the vacuum heat insulating material, the portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704 is The notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening is not provided in such a manner as to interfere with the injection ports 703 and 704. Therefore, if the volume of the space 315 between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 of the outer casing of the heat insulating box is formed, the vacuum partition is formed. When the volume ratio of the hot material 400 is set to 40% or more, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having a small amount of deformation of the casing, high strength and high rigidity, and high heat insulating performance. Further, since the coverage area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased without disturbing the injection ports 703 and 704, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having high heat insulating performance.

Further, in the present embodiment, the outer casing of the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 having the top wall 740, the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is provided, and is provided in the heat insulation. The storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 having an opening on the front side of the outer periphery of the casing 700 and separated by the partition wall 24, and being housed in the storage compartment are provided in the side wall 790 forming the storage compartment. a drawer type casing 520 pulled out by the rail member 810, and a vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed between at least the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, and the side wall 790 and the mounting rail structure The foamed heat insulating material which is an intermediate member between the inner box 750 of the rail mounting portion 755 of the material 810 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material facing the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm. Below (for example, less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be made thin. Further, when a foamed heat insulating material using a rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate member is used, the bending elastic modulus is increased, the strength of the casing is increased, and the holding strength or fixing strength of the rail mounting portion 755 is improved.

In addition, the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 having the top wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 is formed. The interior of the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 which is formed by the partition wall 24 and has an opening in the front, and is housed in the storage compartment by the rail member 810 disposed on the side wall 790 forming the storage compartment. A drawer-type cartridge 520 that is pulled out, and a vacuum insulation 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at least configured to form the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, and rail mounting filled in the side wall 790 and the mounting rail member 810 The foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member between the inner box 750 of the portion 755 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is such that the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member at the position facing the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less. (For example, preferably less than 10 mm), the density of the foamed heat insulating material which is filled or coated between the inner box 750 of the rail portion (track mounting portion) 755 of the mounting rail and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as an intermediate member is more than 60 kg. /m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like is increased, and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed, and therefore, Pull out the drawer door or the case, etc. smoothly. Further, the rail attachment portion 755 to which the fixed member such as a screw is attached is not damaged, so reliability is improved. In addition, when the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be made thin, and if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the foaming heat insulating material of the intermediate member, Increase the flexural modulus and increase the strength of the box.

Here, if the wall thickness of the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24 of the heat insulating box or the refrigerator or the machine is thin, the storage volume of the storage in the storage can be increased, and therefore, the wall The thickness is preferably 40 mm or less, and if the wall thickness is too thin, there is a possibility that the strength is lowered, the heat insulating performance is lowered, and the vacuum is separated. The space of the hot material is reduced to cause problems such as deterioration of assemblability, and therefore the wall thickness is preferably 20 mm or more. Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box such as the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24 or the wall thickness of the refrigerator or the wall thickness of the machine is preferably in the range of 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less.

Further, in the present embodiment, the outer casing of the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 having the top wall 740, the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is provided, and is provided in the heat insulation. a storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 formed inside the outer periphery of the casing 700 and partitioned by the partition wall 24 and having an opening in the front, and housed in the storage compartment, by being disposed on the bottom surface of the storage compartment or a drawer type casing 520 that is pulled out from the upper partition wall (the partition wall 24 including the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740 between the storage compartment and the storage compartment), and is disposed on the set rail member 810. a vacuum insulation material 400 in the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage compartment and the storage compartment, the bottom wall 780, the top wall 740), and a partition wall (including the storage compartment) at a position opposite to the rail member 810 And a partition wall 24, a bottom wall 780, and a top wall 740) between the storage compartment, filled or coated or disposed to form a partition wall (including a partition wall 24, a bottom wall 780, and a top wall 740 between the storage compartment and the storage compartment) Insulation material between the outer member member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as an intermediate member The thickness of the heat insulating material of the intermediate member in the position of the partition wall opposite to the track member 810 is 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), filled or coated or disposed on the outer member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The density of the heat insulating material as an intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like is increased, and the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage chamber and the storage chamber, Since the outer peripheral member in the vicinity of the rail mounting portion of the bottom wall 780 and the top wall 740) is not deformed, the drawer door piece or the casing can be smoothly pulled out. In addition, the partition wall to which the fixed member such as a screw is attached is not damaged, so reliability is improved. In addition, when the thickness of the heat insulating material of the intermediate member is set to 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be made thin, and if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the heat insulating material for the intermediate member, the thickness is improved. Flex the modulus of elasticity and increase the strength of the partition wall and the box.

In addition, when (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member) / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) is 0.3 or less, it can be reduced as Since the thermal conductivity of the composite material of the foamed heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material of the intermediate member is small, the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be improved.

In addition, when the heat source such as the hot water tank is insulated, the thickness of the heat insulating wall (the back wall 730, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, the side wall 790, the partition wall 24, etc.) can be reduced, and the cylinder can be reduced. The outer shape (for example, outer diameter, width, depth, height, etc.) of the heat insulating box such as the shape of a rectangular tube or a box 700 having a front opening, and a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a water storage device, Machines, etc.

In addition, when the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member is a rigid polyurethane foam, the rigid polyurethane foam used has a bending elastic modulus of 15 MPa or more, and is used to fix a screw or the like. The holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw fixing portion is increased, and the inner box 750 in the vicinity of the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed, so that the drawer door piece, the box body, and the like can be smoothly pulled out. Further, the inner box 750 of the mounting portion such as a screw is not damaged, so reliability is improved.

In addition, in the case of using a two-stage rail in which the rail can be pulled out in two stages or a three-stage rail in which the rail can be pulled out in three stages, the load on the rail portion (track mounting portion) 755 becomes large, but When the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material of the intermediate member facing the position of the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less, (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member) / (foaming as the intermediate member) The thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 0.3 or less, and is interposed between the inner box 750 of the rail mounting portion (track portion) 755 of the rail member 810 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. When the density of the foamed heat insulating material of the member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the strength of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is increased, and the holding strength of the fixing member 735 for fixing the rail member 810 or the like or the like is made or The fixing strength is increased, and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed. Therefore, even when a two-stage rail or a three-stage rail is used, the drawer door or the casing can be smoothly pulled. Out. Further, the rail portion 755 or the inner box 750 of the mounting portion of the fixed member 735 such as a screw is not damaged, so reliability is improved.

Further, the casing 520 has a casing side wall forming the casing 520, and a casing side wall is formed as a rail supporting portion (box step portion) 525 which supports the step portion of the casing 520 at the rail member 810, compared with In the case where the rail support portion (cassette step portion) 525 as the step portion is provided above the 1/2 of the height direction of the casing 520, the rail support portion as the step portion is provided ( The box step portion 525 is provided at a lower position (less preferably 1/3 or less) from the upper side with respect to the height direction of the casing 520 in the height direction, so that the width of the casing 520 can be made. The draft angle of the casing 520 is increased, so that the volume of the casing 520 can be increased.

In addition, the control substrate chamber 31 provided with the control device 30 and the control substrate chamber are disposed outside the bank of the top wall 740 or the back wall 730 (as opposed to the side of the storage chamber shown in FIG. 14). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the 31 and the inner box 750, and the hard polyurethane which is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 as a foaming heat insulating material having a self-adhesive intermediate material. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material of the ester foam and the control substrate chamber 31 is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member) +The thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is 0.3 or less, that is, if the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is mm11 mm (for example, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is <10 mm); the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (foaming heat insulation) When the thickness of the material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) ≦ 0.3, the thickness of the wall of the casing provided in the portion where the substrate chamber 31 is controlled can be reduced, and the strength and thermal insulation performance of the casing can be improved, and the chamber can be obtained (for example, a storage room) A refrigerator or machine with a large volume, high strength, and good heat insulation performance. In addition, by reducing the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, and therefore, even the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam Reduction can also increase strength. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. In addition, when the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member/(the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced. The composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed by the composite material of 400 and rigid polyurethane foam, so that the thermal insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. Here, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. The cost is increased, (2) the polyurethane leaks out of the tank due to the increased injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the foaming pressure is increased due to the foaming of the polyurethane. The adhesion between the body deformation suppressing mold and the case pressing member and the adhesion of the polyurethane and the adhesion force are increased, so that it is difficult to remove the case deformation preventing mold or the case pressing member or the like (it is difficult to remove from the case) (4) When the density of the polyurethane is increased, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. The density of a heat insulating material such as a urethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of a foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably) It is preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less.

Further, by making the density of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member larger than 60 kg/m ³ , the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member is formed densely, and the bending thereof is increased. The modulus of elasticity can suppress deformation of the control substrate chamber 31. Further, since the rigid polyurethane foam is formed to be dense, when it is fixed by a fixing member such as a screw, the holding strength of the screw or the like can be improved.

Further, in the refrigerator including the door opening that opens and closes the front surface of the heat insulating box 700, the door piece is formed by the door frame portion, the door inner panel, and the like, and is provided on the door sheet. The front surface of the outer panel of the door is formed as a glass surface material of the design surface, and includes a vacuum heat insulating material 40 disposed in the inner space of the door sheet formed by the glass surface material and the outer surface of the door sheet, so as to be filled or coated or sealed The density of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member in the inner space of the door piece (for example, between the glass face material and the vacuum heat insulating material 400) is more than 60 kg/m ³ , thereby serving as an intermediate member. Since the rigid polyurethane foam is formed to be dense and has a high flexural modulus, even when a glass surface material is disposed in front of the door sheet, the glass surface material can be held or adhered, so that the glass surface can be suppressed. In addition, since the strength of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate member in the inner space of the door sheet is improved, the strength (rigidity) of the door sheet having the glass surface material is also improved. Here, the thickness of the glass face material is thicker and heavier than that of the steel sheet used in the past, so the glass face material holding structure of the outer periphery of the door piece must be made strong so that the glass face material is not easily dropped, and the structure is complicated and costly. It is high, but the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is 60 kg/m ³ or more as in the present embodiment, thereby increasing the adhesion between the polyurethane foam and the glass surface material and increasing the glass surface material. Retention, therefore, the problem of falling glass matte can improve its reliability. In addition, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material in the position of the glass surface material is 11 mm or less (it is preferable if the thickness is not uniform or the surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is less than 10 mm) Since the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane or the like as the intermediate member is increased, the strength of the door piece can be improved, and the thickness of the door piece can be reduced.

In addition, the method comprises: providing a vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the inner space of the door piece between the glass surface material provided on the front surface of the door piece and the outer surface of the door piece (formed by the door piece frame portion and the inner panel of the door piece), and filling a rigid polyurethane foam having a self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material as an intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the glass surface material, and a foamed heat insulating material at a position opposite to the glass surface material The thickness is 11 mm or less (it is preferably less than 10 mm in consideration of the unevenness of the thickness or the surface unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, etc.), and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as an intermediate member / (as an intermediate member) The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is 0.3 or less, that is, if the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is ≦11 (for example, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is <10 mm), and the foamed partition is provided. The thickness of the hot material / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) ≦ 0.3, the door piece for setting the glass surface material can be reduced In addition, the thickness of the door piece and the heat insulating performance can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having a large volume, high strength, and good heat insulating performance in a chamber (for example, a storage chamber). In addition, by reducing the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, and therefore, even the rigid polyurethane as an intermediate member The reduction in the thickness of the ester foam also increases the strength. Therefore, the strength of the door piece can be improved even if the thickness of the door piece is thinned. In addition, when the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member/(the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced. The composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed by the composite material of 400 and rigid polyurethane foam can improve the heat insulating performance even if the thickness of the door sheet is thin.

Here, when the density of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member is too large, (1) an increase in the amount of polyurethane injection occurs. The cost is increased, (2) the polyurethane leaks out of the tank due to the increased injection pressure of the polyurethane, and (3) the foaming pressure is increased due to the foaming of the polyurethane. The adhesion between the body deformation suppressing mold and the case pressing member and the adhesion of the polyurethane and the adhesion force are increased, so that it is difficult to remove the case deformation preventing mold or the case pressing member or the like (it is difficult to remove from the case) (4) When the density of the polyurethane is increased, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated, and the quality deterioration, performance deterioration, and cost increase may occur. The density of a heat insulating material such as a urethane (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) (the density after foaming in the case of a foamed heat insulating material) is 100 kg/m ³ or less (preferably) It is preferably 90 kg/m ³ or less.

Further, the invention comprises: a casing formed of an inner box and an outer box and having a rear wall and a side wall; a storage compartment provided in the casing and having an opening at the front; and the front opening of the casing is closed by being freely opened and closed a door piece; in the refrigerator: the door piece is formed by the outer periphery of the door piece, formed by a door frame portion forming a surrounding wall of the door piece, and an inner panel of the door piece forming a face on the side of the storage compartment for storing the storage a glass surface material disposed on a front side of the outer periphery of the door panel (on the front side when mounted on a heat insulating box or a refrigerator or a machine), including: a door piece formed by a glass surface material and a door panel a vacuum heat insulating material in the inner space, and a foamed heat insulating material filled or coated or enclosed in the inner space of the door piece, the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material occupies the inside of the door piece formed by the outer surface of the glass face material and the door piece The ratio of the volume of the space is 40% or more, whereby a door body, a refrigerator, and a machine having a small amount of deformation of the door, high strength, high rigidity, and excellent heat insulating performance can be obtained.

In addition, if the wall thickness of the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24 of the heat insulating box or the refrigerator or the machine is thin, the storage volume of the storage in the storage tank can be increased. Therefore, the wall thickness is preferably 40 mm or less, and if the wall thickness is too small, there is a possibility that the strength is lowered, the heat insulating performance is lowered, the space of the vacuum heat insulating material is reduced, and the assemblability is deteriorated, so that the wall thickness is 20 mm. The above is better. Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box such as the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24 or the wall thickness of the refrigerator or the wall thickness of the machine is preferably in the range of 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less.

In addition, the door piece is provided with a front opening portion for closing the storage compartment, the door piece is formed by the outer edge of the door piece frame portion and the inner panel of the door piece, and the glass surface material disposed on the outer surface of the door piece, and comprises: a vacuum heat insulating material disposed in an inner space of the door piece formed by the glass face material and the outer surface of the door piece; and a foamed heat insulating material filled or coated or enclosed in the inner space of the door piece, if the filling or coating or When the density of the foamed heat insulating material enclosed between the glass face material and the vacuum heat insulating material is more than 60 kg/m ³ or more, and the thickness thereof is 10 mm or less, the heat insulating property is good and the storage chamber volume is obtained. A refrigerator that has excellent design properties and good box strength by using a glass surface material.

In addition, if the receiving and receiving means is provided, it is disposed inside or near the control substrate chamber 31, and can be connected by infrared rays or wireless or wired (wire connection or network line connection or LAN connection or USB) The connection between the external device and the external device disposed outside the refrigerator 1 can transmit the machine information of the refrigerator or receive information from the external device, so that the information of the refrigerator or other device can be displayed in the refrigerator or the mobile terminal. Machine or external machine. In addition, it is possible to receive indication information from the server to control the refrigerator. In addition, other machines can be controlled from the refrigerator or mobile terminal.

Further, when the control substrate chamber cover is provided in the control substrate chamber 31, and the terminal for the network connection is provided in the control substrate chamber 31 or the control substrate cover, the wireless adapter can be easily placed after the refrigerator is installed. It can be connected to a WiFi adapter or a wired LAN to build a network. Of course, if the terminal for the network connection is provided on the top wall 740 or the side wall 790, it can be easily connected without any problem.

Further, if at least a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment or the covering member of the second recess 441 (the first air passage module 762) is covered, at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or at least the cold air passage 760 is formed. a portion of the wind path covering portion, and a back cover portion extending from the wind path covering portion in the width direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440, by covering the member material The air passage unit 762) can cover at least a portion of the rear wall 730 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assembly.

Further, if at least a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment or the covering member of the second recess 441 (the first air passage module 762) is covered, at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or at least the cold air passage 760 is formed. a portion of the wind path covering portion, and a back cover portion extending from the wind path covering portion in the width direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440, and connecting to the back cover portion or the back cover portion By covering the side cover portion of at least a portion of the side wall 790, the cover member (the first air passage assembly 762) can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450. Can improve design and assembly.

In addition, if the back cover portion is to be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the convex portion 450 for mounting, or the side cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 When the 750 is mounted, the cover member (the first air passage unit 762) can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In addition, if at least a part of the covering member (the first air path component 762) covering the back surface of the storage compartment has a wind that forms at least a portion of the cold air path 760 or covers at least a portion of the cold air path 760 a road covering portion, and a back cover portion extending from the wind path covering portion in the width direction (the left and right direction or the side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440, and being connected to the wind path cover portion or the wind The road covering portion is formed integrally and covers the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom surface) provided in the up and down direction of the back wall 730 At least a portion of the wall 780) covers the upper and lower wall covering portions extending from the upper end portion or the lower end portion of the rear wall 730 toward the front opening direction, and the covering member (the first air passage module 762) can cover the rear wall. 730 or the partition wall 24 or at least a portion of the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 can improve design and assembly.

In addition, if the back cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the convex portion 450 for mounting, or the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held in the up and down direction formed on the back wall 730 The inner box 750 of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) is mounted, and the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 can be covered by the covering member (the first air passage assembly 762). Or at least a portion of the bottom wall 780 can improve design and assembly.

1‧‧‧ refrigerator

2‧‧‧Refrigerator

3‧‧‧ ice making room

4‧‧‧Switching room

5‧‧‧ vegetable room

6‧‧‧Freezer

7A‧‧‧Refrigerator door left

7B‧‧‧ refrigerator door right

8‧‧‧Ice chamber door

9‧‧‧Switching the door panel

10‧‧‧ Vegetable room door

11‧‧‧Freezer door

60‧‧‧Operator panel

Claims (34)

A refrigerator comprising: a casing formed by an inner box and an outer box and having a rear wall and a side wall; the box body being partitioned by a partition wall to form a storage compartment having an opening on the front side; being stored in the storage compartment by a drawer type casing provided with a rail member of the side wall of the storage compartment; a vacuum heat insulating material which is formed of a fiber material made of organic fibers or inorganic fibers, and is disposed and formed The rail member is installed between the inner box of the side wall of the rail mounting portion and the outer box; and the heat insulating material is filled between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail mounting portion; Wherein the thickness of the heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail mounting portion is less than 10 mm, and the density of the heat insulating material filled between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material of the rail mounting portion is greater than 60 kg/m ³ and It is 100 kg/m ³ or less. The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: a reinforcing member disposed on the inner box side between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail member, supporting or The rail member is held; the heat insulating material is filled between the reinforcing member and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the rail member. A refrigerator comprising: a casing formed by an inner box and an outer box and having an upper wall, a rear wall, a side wall and a bottom wall; the casing is divided by a partition wall to form a storage compartment having an opening on the front surface; a storage compartment, and a drawer type casing drawn by a rail member disposed on a bottom surface or a bottom surface of the storage compartment; a vacuum heat insulating material which is a fiber composed of organic fibers or inorganic fibers The material forms a core material and is disposed in the partition wall provided with the rail member; the heat insulating material is filled or coated or disposed in the partition wall at a position opposite to the rail member, and the partition wall is formed Between the outer contour member and the vacuum heat insulating material; wherein the thickness of the heat insulating material opposite to the track member is less than 10 mm, and the density of the heat insulating material is greater than 60 kg/m ³ and is 100 kg/m ³ or less. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the thickness of the heat insulating material / (the thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the heat insulating material is a rigid polyurethane foam, and the rigid polyurethane foam has a flexural modulus of 15 MPa or more. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the rail member is a two-stage rail that can be pulled out in two stages or a three-stage rail that can be pulled out in three stages. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising: a recess provided in a central portion in a width direction of the rear wall of the storage chamber; and disposed in a position opposite to the recess a vacuum-like heat insulating material between the box and the outer box and having a width larger than a width of the recess at least in a wide direction; the inner box filled in a position opposite to the recess and the vacuum heat insulation a foamed heat insulating material as the heat insulating material between the materials; The vacuum heat insulating material has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed at least in the side wall and the back wall, and the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in an area relative to the back wall and the side wall. The ratio of the outer surface area is 70% or more. The refrigerator according to claim 8, wherein the recess is disposed at a rear surface of the storage compartment, and the storage room illumination that illuminates the storage compartment is disposed on an upper surface, a lower surface, or a side surface of the storage compartment. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the ratio of the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material to the volume of the space between the outer box and the inner box forming the box is 40 %the above. The refrigerator according to claim 7, comprising a cooler for generating cold air for cooling the storage chamber, the recess being disposed across an up and down direction, the recess serving as a cold air flow path through which cold air generated by the cooler flows. The refrigerator according to claim 7, comprising: a cooler that generates cold air for cooling the storage chamber; a protrusion formed at at least two places in the width direction of the recess and protruding toward the front side; The second recessed portion between the projections at the two places; the second recessed portion serves as a cold airflow path through which the cold air generated by the cooler flows. The refrigerator of claim 7, comprising supplying water mist to the storage The water mist device of the storage room uses the concave portion as a water mist air path through which the water mist generated by the water mist device flows. The refrigerator according to claim 12, comprising a water mist device that supplies water mist to the storage chamber, wherein the second concave portion serves as a water mist air passage through which the water mist generated by the water mist device flows. The refrigerator according to claim 12, wherein a wire for control or a refrigerant pipe constituting a refrigeration cycle is disposed in the protrusion. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer casing are directly adhered by an adhesive. The refrigerator according to claim 7, comprising a convex portion formed at a corner portion between the side wall and the concave portion provided on a side of the concave portion, and protruding toward the opening portion side of the concave portion, The convex portion is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material by a predetermined length in the width direction. The refrigerator according to claim 17, wherein a foamed heat insulating material is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and an inner box forming the convex portion. The refrigerator according to claim 18, wherein the foamed heat insulating material is a rigid polyurethane foam. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a filling port of the foamed heat insulating material is provided in the outer casing, and the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed such that the vacuum heat insulating material is not blocked. The filling port. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the casing comprises: a side wall of the casing forming the casing, a side wall forming the casing, and a step of supporting the casing at the rail member , The step portion is provided at a position 1/3 or less with respect to the height direction of the casing. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the back wall or the side wall has a wall thickness of 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less. A refrigerator comprising: a case formed of an inner box and an outer box and having a rear wall and a side wall; a storage room provided in the box and having an opening at the front; the front opening of the box is freely opened and closed a closed door piece; in the refrigerator: the door piece is formed by a door piece frame formed by the door frame part and the inner panel of the door piece, and a glass surface material disposed on the outer surface of the door piece; comprising: the glass a vacuum heat insulating material disposed in an inner space of the door piece formed by the surface material and the outer surface of the door piece; and a foamed heat insulating material filled or coated or enclosed in the inner space of the door piece; the filling or coating or sealing the glass surface material The foamed heat insulating material between the vacuum heat insulating material and the foamed heat insulating material has a density of more than 60 kg/m ³ or more and 100 kg/m ³ or less, and a thickness of 10 mm or less. The refrigerator according to claim 23, wherein the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material facing the glass face material is less than 10 mm, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material at a position opposite to the glass face material is ( The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material at a position facing the glass face material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is 0.3 or less. The refrigerator according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and the bending elastic modulus of the foamed heat insulating material is 15MPa or more. The refrigerator of the invention of claim 23, wherein the thickness of the door piece is 20 mm or more and 40 mm or less. The refrigerator according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the ratio of the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material to the volume of the inner space of the door piece is 40% or more. A heat insulating box body is a box body formed by an inner box and an outer box and having a back wall and a side wall, comprising: a storage chamber disposed in the box body and having an opening portion at the front; and disposed in the back wall a vacuum heat insulating material on the outer box side; a wide end portion or an upper end portion of the rear wall; the raw liquid of the foamed heat insulating material is injected into the injection port in the back wall; and the vacuum heat insulating material is The portion facing the injection port is provided with a notch portion such as a notch or an opening so as not to interfere with the injection port; the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material after the injection is less than 10 mm, and the density of the heat insulating material is greater than 60 kg/m ³ It is 100 kg/m ³ or less. The heat insulating box according to claim 28, wherein the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less. The heat insulating box according to claim 28, wherein the foamed heat insulating material is a rigid polyurethane foam, and the rigid polyurethane foam has a bending elastic modulus of 15 MPa or more. The heat insulating box according to claim 28, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed at least in the side wall and in the back wall, The ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material arrangement area to the outer surface area of the back surface wall and the side wall is 70% or more. The heat insulating box according to claim 28, wherein the ratio of the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material to the volume of the space between the outer box forming the box and the inner box is 40% or more. The heat insulating box according to claim 28, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material has a substantially quadrangular plate shape, and the notched portion is at a corner of the slightly square shape so as not to interfere with a portion facing the injection port. The injection port is set in a manner. A refrigerator using the heat insulating box according to any one of claims 28 to 33, wherein the refrigerator includes: a door piece that closes a front opening portion of the storage compartment; the door piece is a door a frame portion formed by the frame portion and the inner panel of the door panel, and a glass surface material disposed on the outer surface of the panel; the inner surface of the panel formed by the glass panel and the outer panel of the panel a vacuum insulation material; and a foamed heat insulation material filled or coated or enclosed in the inner space of the door piece; the foamed heat insulation material filled or coated or sealed between the glass surface material and the vacuum heat insulation material The density after foaming is more than 60 kg/m ³ and the thickness thereof is less than 10 mm.